Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Hotel & Motel / Ashford Hospitality Trust / FY2014 Annual Report

Ashford Hospitality Trust
Annual Report 2014

AHT · NYSE Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker AHT
Exchange NYSE
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Hotel & Motel
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Ashford Hospitality Trust
Loading PDF…
A

s

h

t

e

a

d

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

4

THIS IS WHAT WE DO

Annual Report & Accounts 2014

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WATNEY ISMA
Sunbelt

WHO WE ArE

Ashtead is an international equipment rental company with national 
networks in the US and the UK. We rent a full range of construction and 
industrial equipment across a wide variety of applications to a diverse 
customer base.

Our objective is to deliver sustainable value and above average 
performance across the economic cycle, thereby extending our industry-
leading position and delivering superior total returns for shareholders.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  1

Contents
This is Ashtead 

Strategic report
Chairman’s statement 
Highlights of the year 
Our business model 
Strategic review

The strategy behind  
what we do 
Our markets 
Our strategic priorities 
Key performance indicators 
Principal risks  
and uncertainties 
Financial review 
Responsible business report 

Directors’ report
Directors 
Corporate governance report 
Audit Committee report 
Nomination Committee report 
Remuneration report 
Other statutory disclosures 
Statement of directors’ 
responsibilities 

2

4
5
6

10
10
14
18

20
22
28

38
40
43
45
46
59

61

Our financial statements 2014
Independent auditor’s report 
63
Consolidated income statement  65
Consolidated statement  
of comprehensive income 
Consolidated balance sheet 
Consolidated statement  
of changes in equity 
Consolidated cash  
flow statement 
Notes to the consolidated  
financial statements 

65
66

68

67

69

Additional information
Ten year history 
Additional information 

95 
96

OUR FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

£1,635m
Revenue 

£409m
Underlying operating profit 

1,635

409

1,362

1,135

949

837

10

11

12

13

14

£362m
Underlying profit  
before taxation

290

181

99

69

10

11

12

13

14

£357m
Profit before taxation 

362

357

245

131

214

135

5
10

31
11

12

13

14

5

10

2
11

12

13

14

Group rental revenue up 24%1

Record Group pre-tax profit of £362m, up 50% at constant exchange rates

Group EBITDA margin improves to 42% (2013: 38%)

£741m of capital invested in the business (2013: £580m)

Group RoI of 19% (2013: 16%)

Net debt to EBITDA leverage1 of 1.8 times (2013: 1.9 times)

Proposed final dividend of 9.25p making 11.5p for the year (2013: 7.5p)

1 At constant exchange rates.

Underlying profit and earnings per share are stated before exceptional items, amortisation of intangibles and 
fair value remeasurements. The definition of exceptional items is set out in note 2 to the financial statements. 
Prior year figures have been restated for the adoption of the revised IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’. 

Forward looking statements
This report contains forward looking statements. These have been made by the directors in good faith using 
information available up to the date on which they approved this report. The directors can give no assurance 
that these expectations will prove to be correct. Due to the inherent uncertainties, including both business and 
economic risk factors underlying such forward looking statements, actual results may differ materially from 
those expressed or implied by these forward looking statements. Except as required by law or regulation, 
the directors undertake no obligation to update any forward looking statements whether as a result of new 
information, future events or otherwise.

Strategic report2 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

THIS IS ASHTEAD

 AT A gLAncE

Ashtead is one of the largest equipment rental  
companies in the world and operates as Sunbelt  
in the US and as A-Plant in the UK.

US: SUNBELT

UK: A-PLANT

The second largest equipment 
rental company in the US with 
425 stores in 39 states

The second largest equipment 
rental company in the UK with 
131 stores throughout England, 
Scotland and Wales

395
Full service stores

30
Sunbelt at Lowes stores

131
Stores

7,600
Employees

$2,189m
Revenue

26%
Return on investment*

$631m
Profits

2,400

Employees

9%

Return on investment*

* Excluding goodwill and intangible assets.

* Excluding goodwill and intangible assets.

£268m
Revenue

£25m

Profits

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  3

A-PLANT

 UK

SUNBELT

 US

Fleet composition

Market share

15%

4%

9%

16%

37%

US

19%

Aerial work platforms
Forklifts
Earth moving
Pump and power
Scaffold
Other

12%

UK

11%

19%

30%

3%

5%

4%

16%

Aerial work platforms
Forklifts
Earth moving
Accommodation
Pump and power
Acrow
Traffic
Other

US

c.52%

12%

6%

4%
2%
1%
1%
4%

c.18%

United Rentals
Sunbelt
Hertz Equipment Rental Co. (HERC)
Home Depot
BlueLine Rentals
Aggreko
Top 7–10
Top 11–100
Others

10%

UK

59%

9%

7%

5%

4%

3%

3%

Speedy
A-Plant
HSS
VP
Lavendon
Hewden
GAP
Others

Strategic report4 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

STRATEGIC REPORT
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

I am very pleased to report another excellent year 
for Ashtead with our third set of record annual 
results and entry into the FTSE 100 for the first time. 
It is enormously satisfying that our optimism last 
year has proved to be justified.

CHRIS COLE
CHAIRMAN 

Both Sunbelt and A-Plant enjoyed strong 
performance with full-year Group revenue 
at £1,635m compared to £1,362m last year. 
Our underlying pre-tax profit was £362m, up 
50% at constant exchange rates from £245m 
last year, due to a combination of the strong 
revenue growth and ongoing operational 
efficiency. Our Group EBITDA margin 
improved further to 42% compared with 
38% last year.

Sunbelt rental revenue grew 23% to $1,973m, 
driven by a 17% increase in fleet on rent and a 
4% improvement in yield. With the acquisition 
of Eve Trakway, A-Plant delivered rental 
revenue of £244m, up 33% on the prior year, 
reflecting 21% more fleet on rent and a 9% 
improvement in yield.

Our strategy, detailed on page 10, continues 
to be focused largely on organic growth, 
supplemented by greenfield openings 
and a range of carefully selected bolt-on 
acquisitions. We invested £741m in capital 
expenditure, primarily to support our growth, 
and £103m on 12 acquisitions over the year 
and added 39 new locations in the US. 

Meanwhile we maintained our debt 
leverage below two times EBITDA and are 
committed to maintaining this over the long 
term. Our recent performance has been 
supported by the structural change in the US 
market and our ability to respond accordingly. 
We now believe that improving general 
market conditions will further reinforce 
our progress supporting both our growth 
and performance ambitions.

2013 saw the introduction of a new reporting 
framework and we are pleased to report we 
are compliant with the new regulations. I am 
also confident that we continue to maintain 
and develop a balanced and diverse Board 
that promotes good governance. We say 
goodbye and thank you to Hugh Etheridge 
who retires as our senior independent 
director and chairman of the Audit Committee 
on 30 June and who has supported us so 
well over the last 10 years. I am pleased 
to welcome Wayne Edmunds, the former 
chief executive of Invensys plc, as a new 
non-executive director and our new Audit 
Committee chairman. Ian Sutcliffe, who 
joined us in 2010, will be our new senior 
independent director.

The theme of this year’s report is ‘What we 
do’. What we do is solve problems for our 
customers who are central to all of our 
planning. This customer service ethos is 
supported by all aspects of the business, 
but most of all by the people on the ground 
who make things happen. Across the pages 
of our new Strategic Report we feature some 
of those people who embody what we do, 
providing exemplary customer service.  

I am enormously grateful to all our 
employees for their hard work and 
commitment, and to our experienced and 
exceptional management and leadership 
teams. They all make Ashtead a very special 
business, which I am pleased to report the 
Board experienced first-hand in February 
2014 through their attendance at the Sunbelt 
management meeting with 700 key people.

We continue our progressive dividend policy, 
while considering underlying profit and cash 
generation and sustainability throughout the 
economic cycle. In view of our excellent 
performance, the Board is recommending 
a final dividend of 9.25p per share making 
11.5p for the year compared to 7.5p in 2013. 
Assuming the final dividend is approved at 
the Annual General Meeting, it will be paid 
on 5 September 2014 to shareholders on the 
register on 15 August 2014.

We remain confident of further growth as our 
markets continue to improve and we build on 
the momentum, reputation and experience 
that we have established. Continuance of our 
well-articulated strategy and remaining alert 
to opportunities will, I believe, ensure ongoing 
creation of shareholder value.

CHRIS COLE
CHAIRMAN
16 June 2014

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  5

HIgHLIgHTS  
OF THE YEAR

MAY

JULY

AUGUST

A-Plant further developed its specialty 
services by acquiring Eve Trakway (‘Eve’). 
Eve is the UK’s leading temporary access 
provider and provides temporary 
roadways, walkways, pitch coverings and 
pedestrian and vehicle bridges, together 
with crowd control barrier systems, 
traffic management, security and lighting 
solutions. The acquisition enables us to 
supply even more of a complete package 
to the events industry, providing 
equipment we did not previously have 
within our fleet.

Sunbelt took delivery of and absorbed 
$334m of rental equipment into the fleet 
in the first quarter of the year. This was 
put to work immediately as demonstrated 
by our strong utilisation for the quarter 
at 73% (2013: 70%). This drove Sunbelt’s 
fleet on rent growth of 17% in the 
first quarter.

We took advantage of good debt markets 
and increased the size of our senior credit 
facility to $2bn. The facility’s maturity 
was extended to August 2018 and the 
pricing grid reduced. Depending on  
our leverage, the pricing grid ranges 
from LIBOR plus 175bp to LIBOR plus 
225bp. This ensures our debt package 
remains well structured and flexible, 
enabling us to take advantage of 
prevailing market conditions.

 $2bn

Increased senior debt facility

SEPTEMBER

DECEMBER

APRIL

Sunbelt acquired Contractors’ Equipment 
Company (‘CEC’), a four location general 
tool business, following the acquisition 
of M.A.C. Leasing (‘MAC’) in August for a 
total of $35m. CEC was based in Missouri 
and facilitated our geographical expansion 
into one of our key target markets, while 
MAC, which rents and services heating 
equipment, has been amalgamated into 
our Pump & Power Services specialty 
business and is helping to broaden the 
range of industries we can service fully. 
In November, Sunbelt completed the 
strategic acquisitions of Shamrock and 
CG Power for $29m, expanding its oil and 
gas specialty business. These businesses 
expand Sunbelt’s oil and gas rental 
business into east Texas, Utah and 
North Dakota. These acquisitions provide 
a clear demonstration of our growth 
strategy in action.

The Group’s strong momentum resulted 
in record first half profits with Group 
underlying profit before taxation up 49% 
on the previous year at £212m. With the 
benefit of this performance, we accessed 
the debt markets to raise a further 
$400m of long-term debt enabling us to 
re-balance our fixed to floating rate split 
to 45:55, more in line with our historical 
profile. Furthermore, our strong share 
price performance resulted in the 
Company entering the FTSE 100 on 
23 December 2013.

The business is well-positioned heading 
into 2014/15. Ours is a seasonal business 
and, in the US, demand builds through 
the summer months and typically peaks 
in November. In April 2014 we had record 
levels of fleet on rent, already higher 
than November 2013, and prior to the 
seasonal upturn.

April also saw the acquisition of 
ElecComm Power Services, Inc. and 
On Site Company, Inc., two specialty 
businesses, which enhanced our pump 
and power capability in the New York area.

up 49%

Group profit before taxation

Strategic report6 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

OUR BUSINESS MODEL

 HOW WE cREATE 
 SUSTAInABLE VALUE

We create value through the short-term rental of equipment that 
is used for a wide variety of applications to a diverse customer 
base. Our rental fleet ranges from small hand-held tools to 
the largest construction equipment and is available through 
a network of stores in the US and the UK.

WHAT WE DO

•   We purchase equipment from leading manufacturers  

•   We rent on a short-term basis, a full range of construction  

and maintain it through its useful life

and industrial equipment

HOW WE DO IT

DIFFERENTIATING OUR 
FLEET AND SERvICE
•   Broad fleet mix

ENSURING OPERATIONAL 
ExCELLENCE
•   Optimal fleet age

•   Highly responsive (no job 

•   Nationwide networks in US 

too small)

and UK

•   Scale to meet size and 
range of requirement

•   Long-term partnerships 
with leading equipment 
manufacturers

•   Focused, service-driven 

approach

•   Strong customer 
relationships

•   Industry-leading application 

of technology

INvESTING IN OUR PEOPLE
•   Highly skilled team

•   Devolved structure

•   Maintaining significant  

staff continuity

•   Strong focus on 

recruitment, training  
and incentivisation

MAxIMISING OUR RETURN 
ON INvESTMENT
•   Effective management 
and monitoring of fleet 
investment

•   Optimisation of utilisation 

rates and returns

•   Flexibility in local pricing 

structures

•   Focus on higher-return 

equipment

•   Appropriate incentive 
plans consistent with 
improved returns

MANAGING THE CYCLE
•   Planning ahead

•   Careful balance sheet management

•   Adapting our fleet and cost position

•   Taking advantage of opportunities

vALUE CREATION

vALUE CREATION THROUGH
•  the provision of cost effective rental solutions to a diverse 

•  developing long-term relationships with customers and  

customer base;

suppliers; and

•  enhancing the communities in which we operate,  
through job creation and community involvement  
(for more on community contribution see page 35);

•   generating sustainable returns for shareholders through the cycle, 

ahead of our cost of capital.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  7

MANAGING THE CYCLE
We describe ourselves as being a late cycle 
business in that our main end market, 
non-residential construction, is usually one 
of the last parts of the economy to be affected 
by a change in economic conditions. This 
means that we have a good degree of visibility 
on when we are likely to be affected, as the 
signs will have been visible in other parts of 
the economy for some time. We are therefore 
able to plan accordingly and react in a timely 
manner when necessary. Key to the execution 
of our model is the planning we undertake 
to capitalise on the opportunities presented 
by the cycle. The opportunities are for both 
organic growth, through winning market 
share from less well positioned competitors, 
and positioning ourselves to be able to fund 
acquisitive growth if suitable opportunities 
arise. See content on our strategy on  
pages 10 to 16.

DIFFERENTIATING OUR SERvICE  
AND FLEET
The differentiation in our service and fleet 
means that we provide equipment to many 
different sectors. The commercial and 
institutional construction markets represent 
our largest markets but an increasing 
proportion of our business (30%) is in 
specialty areas such as pump and power, 
temperature control, oil and gas and 
scaffolding. Residential construction is 
a small proportion of our business (5%)  
as it is not a heavy user of equipment.

Our customers range in size and scale from 
multinational businesses, through strong 
local contractors to individual do-it-yourselfers. 
Our diversified customer base includes 
construction, industrial and homeowner 
customers, as well as government entities 
and specialist contractors. Our core market 
is the small to mid-sized local contractor. 
The nature of the business is such that it 
consists of a high number of low value 
transactions. In the year to April 2014, 
Sunbelt dealt with over 450,000 customers, 
who generated average revenue of $4,500.

What we do is simple.  
How we do it is not.
At its most basic, our model is simple – we 
purchase an asset, we rent it to customers 
and generate a revenue stream each year we 
own it (on average, seven years). Then we sell 
it in the second hand market and receive a 
proportion of the original purchase price in 
disposal proceeds. Assuming we purchase an 
asset for $100, generate revenue of $60 each 
year (equivalent to 60% dollar utilisation) and 
receive 35% of the original purchase price 
as disposal proceeds, we generate a return 
of $455 on an initial outlay of $100 over an 
average seven year useful life. We incur 
costs in providing this service, principally 
employee, property and transportation costs 
and fleet depreciation. However, this simple 
overview encompasses a significant number 
of moving parts and activities. Our ability to 
excel in these areas enables us to generate 
strong margins and deliver long-term, 
sustainable shareholder value, whilst 
managing the risks inherent in our 
business (refer to pages 20 and 21).

CHART 1: MANAGING THE CYCLE

2007
Strong
market
Preparation
for downturn 

2008
Rightsizing
of the
business

2009
Running
tight 
business

2010
Benefitting
from
structural
change

2013
Improving 
market

1,308

1,626

1,450

1,081

1,225

1,507

1,820

2,189

32

34

38

46

44

36

30

27

2,147

2,314

2,136

2,094

2,151

2,453

2,868

3,596

36

37

35

32

32

41

45

25

26

36

20

Revenue ($m)

Fleet age (months)

Fleet size ($m)

EBITDA margin (%)

Return on
investment* (%) 

19

19

14

6

9

Construction spending – 2009 $bn

* Excluding goodwill and intangible assets.

Strategic report 
 
•  Our local management teams are 

experienced and incentivised to produce 
strong financial returns and high quality 
standards. We believe that the autonomy 
given to management teams to take 
decisions locally ensures that, despite 
our size, we retain the feel of a small, 
local business for our employees.

•  We invest heavily in our computerised 

point of sale and service systems as well 
as the software and online capabilities 
required to deliver efficient service as 
well as high returns. We capture and 
record the time of delivery and the 
customer’s signature electronically, 
allowing us to systematically monitor and 
report on on-time deliveries. We also use 
electronic tracking systems to monitor the 
location and usage of large equipment.

INvESTING IN OUR PEOPLE
On pages 31 to 34 we discuss the importance 
of our staff and corporate culture in more 
detail. We aim to recruit good people and then 
invest in them throughout their careers. Our 
exceptional staff and focus on service give us 
a huge competitive advantage in what we do.

8 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

OUR BUSINESS MODEL cOnTInUEd

•  We purchase equipment from well-known 
manufacturers with strong reputations 
for product quality and reliability and 
maintain close relationships with them 
to ensure certainty of supply and good 
after-purchase service and support. 
We work with vendors to provide early 
visibility of our equipment needs which 
enables them to plan their production 
schedules and ensures we receive the fleet 
when we need it. However, we believe we 
have sufficient alternative sources of 
supply for the equipment we purchase 
in each product category.

•  We also aim to offer a full service solution 

for our customers in all scenarios. 
Our specialty product range includes 
equipment types such as pump and power, 
temperature control, scaffolding and traffic 
management systems, which involve 
providing service expertise as well 
as equipment.

•  Our large and experienced sales force  
is encouraged to build and reinforce 
customer relationships and to concentrate 
on generating strong, whole-life returns 
from our rental fleet. Our sales force works 
closely with our customers to ensure we 
meet their needs. Through the application 
of technology, it is equipped with real-time 
access to fleet availability and pricing 
information enabling it to respond rapidly 
to the needs of a customer while 
optimising returns.

•  We guarantee our service standards and 
if we fail to meet those standards, the first 
day’s rental is free. We believe that our 
focus on customer service and the 
guarantees we offer help distinguish our 
businesses from competitors and assist 
us in delivering superior financial returns. 
Our responsiveness to customer needs is 
critical in a business where around 70% 
of orders are placed for delivery within 
24 hours. We have worked with a lot of our 
customers for many years. Our customer 
retention is high due to the scale and 
quality of our fleet and our speed 
of response.

The individual components of our fleet are 
similar to our peers. However, it is the breadth 
and depth of our fleet that differentiates us 
from them and provides the potential for 
higher returns. The size, age and mix of 
our rental fleet is driven by the needs of our 
customers, market conditions and overall 
demand. The equipment we provide to each 
customer is diverse and we are often involved 
in supplying various types of equipment over 
an extended period at each distinct stage of a 
project’s development. Our equipment is also 
used in a wide range of other applications 
including industrial, events, repair and 
maintenance and facilities management.

HOW WE OPERATE
Our operating model is key to the way we 
deliver operational excellence:

•  In the US we achieve scale through a 

‘clustered market’ approach of grouping 
general tool and specialist rental locations 
in each of our developed markets. 
This approach allows us to provide a 
comprehensive product offering and 
convenient service to our customers 
wherever their job sites may be within 
these markets. When combined with our 
purchasing power, this creates a virtuous 
circle of scale.

•  In the UK, our strategy is focused on having 
sufficient stores to allow us to offer a full 
range of equipment on a nationwide basis. 
We have migrated our network towards 
fewer, larger locations which are able to 
address all the needs of our customers in 
their respective markets. This difference in 
approach from the US reflects the nature of 
the customer base (more national accounts) 
and the smaller geography of the UK.

•  Across our rental fleet, we seek generally 

to carry equipment from one or two 
suppliers in each product range and to limit 
the number of model types of each product. 
We believe that having a standardised fleet 
results in lower costs. This is because we 
obtain greater discounts by purchasing 
in bulk and reduce maintenance costs 
through more focused and, therefore, 
reduced training requirements for our 
staff. We are also able to share spare parts 
between stores which helps minimise the 
risk of over-stocking. We can also easily 
transfer fleet between locations which 
helps us achieve leading levels of physical 
utilisation, one of our KPIs (see page 18).

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  9

STEvE LOWDER
Sunbelt

WE gET cOmmUnITIES  
gOIng AFTER A dISASTER

Sunbelt’s national disaster response team 
of volunteers like Steve Lowder are proud 
to take the strain when disaster strikes. 
It could be a flood, hurricane or snow storm, 
but whole communities can grind to a halt. 
It’s our job to get them moving again, 
coordinating efforts across our national 
network, sourcing the right people and kit 
to do just that. Our first priority after any 
disaster is the safety of our own people. 
We make sure they and their families are 
alright before we ask them to focus on 

getting our customers moving again. 
Our yard is cleared of snow before the 
competition has turned up for work. We can 
mobilise significant resources within hours 
of major storms like Ike or Sandy. First we 
supply power and then remediation crews 
to sort out the damage. We take pride in 
making a difference. It’s what we do.

Hurricane Sandy – New York

Strategic report10 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

STRATEGIC REvIEW

 THE STRATEgY 
BEHInd WHAT WE dO

In last year’s annual report we said that 2012/13 was our  
best year to date and that we expected even better to come.  
We are delighted to report results for 2013/14 that were again  
our best to date. 

Our business continues to go from strength 
to strength and as the economic recovery 
becomes more established, we are in the 
strongest position ever to take advantage 
of that return to growth.

We have delivered record underlying pre-tax 
profit up 50% at constant exchange rates 
on the previous year driven mainly by a 
24% increase in rental revenue at constant 
exchange rates. This performance was 
further enhanced by operational efficiencies 
that helped to increase our EBITDA by 34% 
at constant exchange rates and our EBITDA 
margin to 42%. These results demonstrate 
that our business model is a sound one and 
that our strategy remains on track to deliver 
more growth over the coming years. We are 
particularly pleased that A-Plant has also had 
an excellent year and with the acquisition of 
Eve delivered rental revenue growth of 33% 
and 19%, excluding Eve.

As we hope we have been able to demonstrate, 
the Ashtead business model is very simple 
at its most basic level. What we do is not 
complicated. But how we do it, where we do 
it and how we differentiate ourselves from 
the competition, all take skill and are great 
sources of competitive advantage for us. 
At the heart of our business is our focus on 
customer service. The stories highlighted in 
this report demonstrate how we think we do 
this better than anyone else in our industry.

Our markets
Last year we explained that we are 
predominantly in the US because of the much 
higher growth rates in the rental industry in 
that market than in the UK. This is due to the 
rental market being much less developed 
than the market in the UK and five times 
bigger. Not only is the economic environment 
set to improve as construction markets 
recover, but we are also seeing increasing 
market share in both the US and the UK.

THE US
Economic recovery
The US economy is now into recovery but 
construction still remains at historically low 
levels. As Chart 2 shows, the short term 
trends are very encouraging and support 
strong medium term growth for us. This is 
because we remain a predominantly late 
cycle non-residential business which really 
starts to take off between 12–24 months 
after construction starts to recover. 
Non-residential construction accounts for 
65% of our business while residential only 
accounts for 5%. The remaining 30% of our 
business comes from our specialty services. 
The most encouraging aspect from the table 
is the growth last year in commercial and 
industrial starts at 17%, together with the 
forecasts of 16% for 2014 and 2015.

GEOFF DRABBLE
CHIEF ExECUTIvE 

SUZANNE WOOD
FINANCE DIRECTOR 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  11

CHART 3: CONSTRUCTION  
ACTIvITY BY CYCLE

1975–1982
1982–1991

1991–2011
Current cycle

(T=100 based on constant dollars)

200

180

160

140

120

100

80

60

T T
+
2

T
+
4

T
+
6

T
+
8

T
+
1
0

T
+
1
2

T
+
1
4

T
+
1
6

T
+
1
8

T
+
2
0

Source: McGraw Hill Construction

CHART 4: US MARKET SHARE

US

c.52%

12%

6%

4%
2%
1%
1%
4%

c.18%

United Rentals
Sunbelt
Hertz Equipment Rental Co. (HERC)
Home Depot
BlueLine Rentals
Aggreko
Top 7–10
Top 11–100
Others

CHART 5: US MARKET SHARE

Target
2013
2007
2002

4%

2%

X2

6%

12%

Source: Management estimates

CHART 2: US MARKET OUTLOOK

Total building starts 
(Millions of square feet)
Total building
Commercial  
and industrial
Institutional
Residential

2013

2014
+18% +18%

+17%
-3%

+16%
+2%
+23% +21%

Source: McGraw Hill (Q1 2014)

2015
+21%

+16%
+11%
+24%

We are optimistic about the duration of the 
next construction cycle. Chart 3 shows the 
last three construction cycles. These have 
followed one of two patterns. From 1975 to 
1982 and from 1982 to 1991 the initial recovery 
was very aggressive but the overall cycle was 
relatively short. The current cycle is following 
the steadier recovery of the early 90s. This 
reflects the widely held view that a long, steady 
recovery is the most likely shape this time 
around, following the protracted downturn.

Market share
We are the second largest equipment rental 
company in the US but as Chart 4 shows there 
is still plenty of room to grow. Our major large 
competitors are United Rentals and HERC. 
Some 12% of the market is made up of a 
further 4–10 medium sized players with the 
remainder being small local independent tool 
shops. As we demonstrate on page 15, it is 
from these small independents that we are 
taking most of our market share when we set 
up new stores, although we are also taking 
share from our larger competitors. We 
remain focused on increasing market share 
from organic greenfield expansion and small 
bolt-on acquisitions rather than from a larger 
scale transaction at this point.

We have a track record of increasing our 
market share and since 2002 we have 
increased it from c.2% to c.6% in 2013 
(Chart 5). Our goal is to double our market 
share in the medium to long term. Over the 
last three years we have consistently grown 
at two to three times the market growth rate. 
While it will be challenging to maintain 
this level of market out-performance, the 
combination of our business model with the 
economic recovery and the long-term trend 
to rental, which we discuss further below, 
provide the perfect environment for us 
to achieve this goal. In the longer term, 
we believe that a market share in the order 
of 20% is not an unreasonable goal.

The trend to rental
There are a number of features of the US 
construction market that mean there is 
still significant growth to come from the 
continuing trend to rental in place of owning 
equipment. The trend to rental really got 
going in the US around 2000, much later than 
in the UK. Rental still only takes up 50% of the 
market compared to 75% in the UK. We see 
the potential market penetration for rental 
equipment to be well over 60% in the US. 
There continue to be a number of favourable 
factors driving this increasing penetration. 
The short-term drivers of this evolution are 
the significant cost inflation in recent years 
associated with the replacement of 
equipment, technical changes to equipment 
requirements that make rental more 
attractive and health, safety and 
environmental issues which make rental 
more economical and just easier. In addition, 
the market is increasingly getting used to 
renting equipment rather than buying it.

Strategic report12 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

STRATEGIC REvIEW cOnTInUEd

CHART 7: UK MARKET SHARE

10%

UK

59%

9%

7%

5%

4%

3%

3%

Speedy
A-Plant
HSS
VP
Lavendon
Hewden
GAP
Others

CHART 6: UK CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY FORECASTS 

£m constant 2010 prices
Residential

Private 
commercial
Public and 
infrastructure
Total

2012
actual
29,360

33,654

47,262

110,276

2013
actual
30,929
+5.3%
33,613
-0.1%
46,970
-0.6%
111,512
+1.1%

2014
forecast
33,327
+7.8%
34,963
+4.0%
48,195
+2.6%
116,485
+4.5%

2015
forecast
35,782
+7.4%
36,521
+4.5%
49,741
+3.2%
122,044
+4.8%

2016
projection
37,420
+4.6%
38,201
+4.6%
51,622
+3.8%
127,243
+4.3%

2017
projection
38,326
+2.4%
39,873
+4.4%
53,643
+3.9%
131,842
+3.6%

% of 
Total
29%

30%

41%

100%

Source: Consumer Products Association (Spring 2014)

For example, if we consider the 
environmental regulations resulting in the 
shift to the more environmentally friendly 
Tier 4 engines, we see significant inflation 
in equipment replacement costs. This is 
driving further rental penetration through 
the reduction in fleet size by those customers 
who previously may have chosen to own some 
if not all of their larger equipment needs. 
Customers and smaller competitors with 
old fleets are faced with heavy replacement 
spend. The difficulties of getting to grips 
with the new technology and its maintenance 
requirements are also causing more 
operators to decide to rent. It is this market 
evolution and the additional costs going 
forward which explain our strategy of 
aggressively reducing our fleet age over 
the last two years. We discuss our strategy 
in detail below.

THE UK
Economic recovery
The UK market has been challenging for a 
number of years. Economic stagnation and an 
already high level of rental penetration of 75% 
mean that growth opportunities are more 
difficult to come by than in the US. However, 
our results last year demonstrate that 
A-Plant is also back to growth before the 
market has started to recover. As you can see 
in Chart 6, the outlook for UK construction is 
beginning to look a bit more encouraging and 
we believe we are past the bottom of the cycle. 

However, with 41% of total construction still 
being public and infrastructure, even with 
residential performing well, we will continue 
to invest responsibly in the UK market. 
What is encouraging is that ahead of cyclical 
recovery, we are already making good 
progress in improving our return on 
investment (RoI), one of our KPIs, showing 
that we are now well on the way to a more 
sustainable returns profile in the UK.

Market share
We are the second largest equipment rental 
company in the UK, but have increased our 
market share this year as we have grown 
more rapidly than the market as a whole and 
benefitted from our acquisition of Eve. There 
are a greater number of major players in the 
UK market with the largest still holding only 
10% market share. Chart 7 shows our key 
competitors and their share of the market. 
We believe that recovery in our UK market is 
two to three years behind the US recovery. 
However, as the recovery continues to take 
hold, we believe we are well-positioned with 
our strong customer service, young relative 
fleet age and strong balance sheet to take 
market share from smaller, less well-
positioned market participants. We believe 
we can increase our share of the UK rental 
market by 50%.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  13

RICHARD HALSTED  
AND ARTIE PRAYTOR  
Sunbelt 

WE ARE REAcHIng  
mORE cUSTOmERS

We saw an opportunity to expand our 
coverage in the state of Tennessee based 
on likely future demand for our services. 
We already had a thriving location in 
Nashville and the natural next place to go 
was Memphis. In April last year we opened 
a new greenfield site combining general 
tools and pump and power equipment. 
We can now service a wide variety of new 
and existing customers across an additional 
650 square mile area. Richard Halsted 
manages a staff of 16, looking after 

$13 million of general tools fleet. That side 
of the business broke even after just five 
months. Artie Praytor has a team of six, 
managing $1.3 million of pump and power 
fleet. That business broke even after eight 
months. We plan to build on the breadth of 
equipment we can provide by adding climate 
control services soon. This is what we do.

NASHVILLE

MEMPHIS

Tennessee expansion

Strategic report 
14 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

STRATEGIC REvIEW cOnTInUEd

Our strategic priorities
We are operating in a market full of potential 
and accordingly our strategy is to grow the 
business aggressively but responsibly. In the 
medium to long term we aim to double our 
market share in the US and grow it by 50% 
in the UK. Given the way the rental market is 
evolving and the way we do business, we think 
this is realistic. We have demonstrated where 
we think we are in the economic cycle. 
Our challenge now is to make the most of that 
position and the growth which comes with 
sustained economic recovery in an aggressive 

but disciplined manner. Whether we achieve 
these goals this cycle or next cycle is 
dependent on various factors, many of which 
are outside our control such as the duration 
of the cycle. However, the important factor is 
that we implement our strategy consistently, 
across the economic cycle to ensure that we 
are in a strong position at all times to take 
advantage of the opportunities presented 
by our markets. The risks that we face in 
implementing this strategy are discussed 
on pages 20 and 21.

  17%

increase in Sunbelt fleet on rent

STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

KEY INITIATIvES

UPDATE

RELEvANT KPIs

BUILD OUR MARKET SHARE
•  Double our US market 

share

•  Increase UK market share 

by 50%

Organic fleet growth
Greenfield expansion
Bolt-on M&A
Develop specialty products

25% increase in cost of US rental fleet
17% increase in US fleet on rent
23 greenfield openings in the US
$93m spent on US acquisitions
£45m spent on UK acquisitions

Fleet on rent

FINANCIAL AND 
OPERATIONAL FLExIBILITY
•  RoI above 15% for the Group 

•  Maintain leverage 

predominantly below two 
times net debt to EBITDA 

•  Ensure financial firepower 
at bottom of cycle for next 
‘step change’

Driving improved dollar 
utilisation
Maintain ‘fall through’ rates
Increasing US store maturity 

Maintaining financial 
discipline

RoI increased to 18.6% (2013: 16.2%)
Sunbelt dollar utilisation increased  
to 61% (2013: 60%)
Sunbelt ‘fall through’ of 65%
A-Plant dollar utilisation increased  
to 56% (2013: 49%)

Sunbelt EBITDA margin improved  
to 45% (2013: 41%)
Leverage reduced to 1.8x EBITDA

Optimise fleet profile and age 
during the cyclical upturn

Fleet age remains stable and 
appropriate at this stage of the cycle:

RoI
Dollar utilisation
Underlying EBITDA margins

Leverage
Net debt

 − Sunbelt 27 months  
(2013: 30 months)
 − A-Plant 37 months  
(2013: 40 months)

OPERATIONAL ExCELLENCE
•  Improve operational 

capability and effectiveness

•  Continued focus on service

Operational improvement
•  Delivery cost recovery
•  Fleet efficiency

Initial phase of improvement 
programmes designed to deliver 
improved dollar utilisation and  
EBITDA margins

Underlying EBITDA margins
RoI
Fleet on rent
Staff turnover
Safety

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  15

TOP 100 DESIGNATED MARKETS
•  Present in 83 of top 100

•  Market share > 10% 

in 52 of top 100

•  Present in 48 of top 50

•  Significant opportunity in both  
existing and new geographies

  0%

  10%

  15+%

  15+%

BUILDING MARKET SHARE
We aim to achieve our ambitious targets in 
the US through a combination of organic 
fleet growth, a mix of new greenfield sites 
and small bolt-on acquisitions and the 
development of our specialty offering. This 
has been the source of a lot of our growth in 
previous cycles. The map above shows the 
nature and scale of the opportunity. Anything 
in green on the map is where we already have 
our target 12% market share. Areas in dark 
green are where we have over 15%. It is only 
a matter of time before we achieve similar 
results across a broader geography because 
we now have the scale, competitive advantage 
and balance sheet strength to reach our 
targets. There are 17 out of the top 100 
markets in the US where we have no locations 
and a further 30 where our share is less than 
our average share. So we believe there is 
significant opportunity for expansion in both 
existing and new geographies.

Organic fleet investment will also be required 
as the market should support double our 
existing fleet. We believe this blend of 
bolt-ons, usually of small independent tool 
shops, and greenfield sites is one we can 
roll out successfully across a number of 
geographies. The precise mix will be driven 
by our existing presence and the quality of 
opportunities available. We announced our 
store expansion strategy a year ago and have 
executed it in a balanced way. It has been 
achieved through a mix of greenfields and 
bolt-on acquisitions and includes both general 
tool and specialty businesses (Chart 8). 
Although each greenfield step and bolt-on is 
small, the potential is great. In an 18 month 
period we have opened locations and acquired 
small businesses which will generate 
revenue in the region of $250m in 2014/15 
with a return on investment of 20–25%.

We anticipate adding around 50 stores in the 
coming financial year. Our scale, combined 
with our good reputation and the brand 
presence we now enjoy, mean that new 
locations start to generate a profit inside six 
months. This also helps fuel the expansion 
of the business.

Organic growth in our existing US 
geographies, together with greenfields, will 
remain our primary growth driver. The mix 
of organic growth and small bolt-ons is a low 
risk, high return strategy and plays to our 
operational strengths. It is also a strategy 
for the long term.

Markets are tougher for A-Plant but 
improving. In the UK we have been focused  
on higher physical utilisation of our fleet to 
drive revenue growth and improve returns. 
During 2013/14 we started to gain traction  
on pricing and, moving forward, this remains 
a prerequisite to improving returns further. 
If current trends continue we will start to 
increase growth capital expenditure and 
perhaps reduce physical utilisation of the 
fleet a little to allow us the flexibility to gain 
further market share while seeking to 
improve pricing.

 62

new Sunbelt locations  
in the last two years

CHART 8

2012/13
Bolt-ons
Greenfields

2013/14
Bolt-ons
Greenfields

Total

General tool

Specialty

Total

2012/13

2013/14

2014/15

Revenue ($m)

Return

4
 9
13

6
9
15
28

2
 8
10

9
15
24
34

6
17
23

15
24
39
62

19
13
32

–
–
–
32

64
44
108

23
33
56
164

120-130

115-125
235-255

20–25%

Strategic report 
 
 
 
16 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

STRATEGIC REvIEW cOnTInUEd

26%

Sunbelt return on investment  
(excluding goodwill and intangibles)

FINANCIAL AND OPERATIONAL 
FLExIBILITY
The scale of growth we are planning requires 
a great deal of financial and operational 
flexibility. As mentioned elsewhere, we are 
a cyclical business and we aim to perform at 
all stages of the economic cycle. This means 
looking ahead and preparing for both the top 
and the bottom of the cycle. It means having 
the financial strength to enable growth 
when appropriate and make our returns 
sustainable. Having a strong balance sheet 
is fundamental to our success at all stages 
in the cycle.

A big part of our financial stability comes 
from our strategy of ensuring that, averaged 
across the economic cycle, we always deliver 
RoI well ahead of our cost of capital. RoI 
through the cycle is the key measure for any 
rental company and the best medium-term 
indicator of the strength of the business. 
We do this in a variety of ways at different 
stages of the cycle, all focused on the 
effective management of invested capital 
and maintaining financial discipline.

Our current strategy is to focus on 
maximising dollar utilisation (the rental 
revenue return over the original cost of any of 
our equipment) and on maintaining our ‘fall 
through’ rates (the proportion of incremental 
rental revenue that ‘falls through’ to EBITDA). 
Last year our ‘fall through’ rate at Sunbelt 
was 65%. This is how we measure the 
efficiency of our growth.

CHART 9

Fleet size
Extra large > $15m
Large > $10m
Medium > $5m
Small < $5m

Number

Operating margin

2014
43
84
173
62

2008
37%
35%
30%
24%

2014
42%
36%
33%
26%

2008
26%
25%
22%
19%

2008
14
35
174
115

RoI

2014
31%
27%
25%
24%

Note: 2008 reflects prior peak performance post the acquisition of NationsRent.

The maturity of our stores also has a big 
impact on RoI. This is because the more 
mature and bigger the store, the greater  
the operating profit margin and RoI. So even 
within our existing stores there is scope for 
higher returns as they increase in size and 
move up the maturity scale. We have more 
stores and larger stores than at the peak  
of the last cycle which is driving our strong 
margins and returns (Chart 9).

We also seek to maintain financial 
discipline and are always mindful of our 
leverage commitment to maintain our ratio 
of net debt to EBITDA at below two times. 
From this position of strength at the peak 
of the cycle, we can ensure we have 
sufficient financial resources at the bottom 
of the cycle to prepare for the next ‘step 
change’ in the market and capitalise on 
growth opportunities in the early stages  
of the next cyclical recovery. Integral to 
financial strength is our ability to generate 
cash. Traditionally, rental companies have 
only generated cash in a downturn when they 
reduce capital expenditure and age their fleet. 
In the upturn, they consume cash as they 
replace their fleets and then seek to grow. 
As our business matures, we are reaching 
the point where we expect to generate free 
cash flow (before acquisitions and returns 
to shareholders) throughout the cycle and 
not only in a downturn.

We have focused on ensuring our fleet profile 
and age is optimised for the cyclical upturn to 
ensure we make the most of the opportunity. 
Our strategy of fleet de-aging since 2010 
has resulted in nearly half of our fleet being 
under two years old. Fleet coming up to 
replacement in the next few years is about a 
third of the total. Our young fleet means that 
we no longer need to reduce fleet age further 
and can devote a greater proportion of our 
capital expenditure to growth. The typical 
fleet age profile of our customers and some 
of our smaller competitors means that at 
least 60% of their fleet needs to be replaced 

in the near future at much higher prices 
(particularly because of the new 
requirements for Tier 4 engines). We get 
significant competitive advantage from our 
young fleet and our purchasing power. Our 
strong balance sheet allows us to capitalise 
on this advantage in both the US and the UK.

OPERATIONAL ExCELLENCE
Our third strategic priority is improving our 
operational capability and effectiveness, 
doing what we do to the very best of our 
ability. Last year we began the initial phase 
of improvement programmes designed to 
enhance our operational efficiency and hence 
our EBITDA margins. The key focus of these 
initially is improving delivery cost recovery 
and increasing fleet efficiency. This looks at 
all aspects of how we fulfil our customers’ 
requirements, ranging from how we organise 
our stores, load our delivery trucks, optimise 
our delivery and pick-up routes and how we 
spend time at the customer location. As with 
any multi-location business, all locations are 
good at some of this, some locations are good 
at all of it – our goal is for all locations to be 
good at all of it. We are looking for continuous 
improvement across the business and, as we 
achieve success in these areas, we will move 
on to other areas of the business. These 
initiatives will help to drive a continued 
improvement in our EBITDA margins and 
assist in sustaining them through the cycle.

Backing up our other strategic priorities is 
our ongoing focus on customer service which 
we believe is crucial to our success. Without 
it, our strategy would only get us so far. In our 
report on Responsible Business we show how 
we look after our staff to ensure they look 
after our customers. Everyone is focused on 
delivering for customers at Ashtead. This is 
what we do every day.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  17

John Moore 
A-Plant

We are making  
things happen

A-Plant has built a 106 unit accommodation 
village in Barrow-in-Furness. This will 
house the Indonesian Navy and staff from 
James Fisher Marine Services who are 
working on ships nearby until September 
2015. John Moore is our Project Manager 
for the site which has been purpose-built 
to be convenient, comfortable and energy 
efficient. The new residents of the village 
will be refurbishing and upgrading three 
offshore patrol vessels berthed alongside. 
When their work is complete, the ships will 
set sail as fully-fledged naval vessels under 

the Indonesian flag. Meanwhile our 
accommodation units are home for the 
workers during the project. The units are 
modular buildings with multiple uses. They 
will be offices, catering and dining rooms, 
sleeping accommodation, launderettes and 
prayer rooms. We have provided everything 
the workers could need, just where it needs 
to be. That’s what we do. 

Barrow-in-Furness accommodation village

Strategic report18 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

mEASURIng OUR 
PERFORmAncE

At group level, we measure the performance of the business  
using a number of key performance indicators (‘KPIs’). These help 
to ensure that we are delivering against our strategic priorities. 
Several of these KPIs (underlying EPS, return on investment  
and leverage) influence the remuneration of our executive team  
(see pages 46 to 58).
certain KPIs are more appropriately measured for each of our two operating businesses,  
whereas other KPIs are best measured for the group as a whole.

UNDERLYING EPS (p)

RETURN ON INvESTMENT (%)

NET DEBT AND LEvERAGE AT 
CONSTANT ExCHANGE RATES

Calculation
Underlying Group profit after taxation divided 
by the weighted average number of shares in 
issue (excluding shares held by the Company 
and the ESOT).

Target
As a cyclical business, underlying EPS varies 
substantially through the cycle.

2014 performance
Underlying EPS improved significantly  
to 47p per share in 2013/14.

Calculation
Underlying operating profit divided by the sum 
of net tangible and intangible fixed assets, plus 
net working capital but excluding net debt, 
deferred tax and fair value remeasurements.

Calculation
Net debt is total debt less cash balances, as 
reported, and leverage is net debt divided by 
underlying EBITDA, calculated at constant 
exchange rates (balance sheet rate).

Target
Averaged across the economic cycle we look 
to deliver RoI well ahead of our cost of capital, 
as discussed in our strategic review.

Target
We seek to maintain a conservative balance 
sheet structure with a target for net debt 
to underlying EBITDA of less than two times.

2014 performance
Our RoI improved to 19% for the year ended 
30 April 2014.

2014 performance
Net debt at 30 April 2014 was £1,149m and 
leverage was 1.8 times.

47

31

17

0
10

4
11

12

13

14

19

16

12

7

5

Net debt (£m) 
Note: constant currency

Leverage (x)

1,149

3.1

746

910

2.6

934

2.9

766

821

2.3

1.9

1.8
Apr
14

10

11

12

13

14

Apr
09

Apr
10

Apr
11

Apr
12

Apr
13

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  19

PHYSICAL UTILISATION (%)

FLEET ON RENT ($m/£m)

DOLLAR UTILISATION (%)

Calculation
Physical utilisation is measured as the daily 
average of the amount of itemised fleet at cost 
on rent as a percentage of the total fleet at cost 
and for Sunbelt is measured only for equipment 
whose cost is over $7,500 (which comprised 
89% of its itemised fleet at 30 April 2014).

Target
It is important to sustain annual average 
physical utilisation at between 60% and 70% 
through the cycle. If utilisation falls below 60%, 
yield will tend to suffer, whilst above 70% we 
may not have enough fleet in certain stores to 
meet our customers’ needs.

2014 performance
US utilisation at 71% was similar to 2012/13, 
while in the UK utilisation increased to 72% 
(2012/13: 69%).

Calculation
Fleet on rent is measured as the daily average 
of the original cost of our itemised equipment 
on rent.

Calculation
Dollar utilisation is rental revenue divided 
by average fleet at original (or ‘first’) cost 
measured over a 12-month period

Target
To achieve growth rates in Sunbelt and A-Plant 
in excess of the growth in our markets and that 
of our competitors.

2014 performance
In the US, fleet on rent grew 17% in 2013/14, 
whilst in the UK it grew 21%.

Target
Improve dollar utilisation to drive improving 
returns in the business.

2014 performance
Dollar utilisation improved to 61% in the US 
and to 56% in the UK with improved pricing 
and yield more than compensating for the 
increased cost of new equipment.

Sunbelt

A-Plant

Sunbelt

A-Plant

Sunbelt

A-Plant

70

65

71

69

71

72

2,229

1,899

1,628

58

60

61

56

48

49

12

13

14

229

12

241

13

292

14

12

13

14

UNDERLYING EBITDA  
MARGINS (%)

Calculation
Underlying EBITDA as a percentage of total 
revenue.

Target
To improve margins and achieve peak EBITDA 
margins of 45–50% in Sunbelt during this cycle 
and 30–35% in A-Plant.

2014 performance
Margins improved in 2013/14 to 45% in the 
US and to 29% in the UK.

STAFF TURNOvER (%)

SAFETY

Calculation
Staff turnover is calculated as the number 
of leavers in a year (excluding redundancies) 
divided by the average headcount during 
the year.

Target
Our aim is to keep employee turnover below 
historical levels to enable us to build on the 
skill base we have established.

2014 performance
Turnover levels are in line with historical lows.

Calculation
The RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, Diseases 
and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations) 
reportable rate is the number of major 
injuries or over seven day injuries per 
100,000 hours worked.

Target
Continued reduction in accident rates.

2014 performance
The RIDDOR reportable rate declined to 0.45 
in Sunbelt but increased to 0.52 in A-Plant. 
More detail is included in our Responsible 
Business report on pages 29 and 30.

Sunbelt

A-Plant

Sunbelt

A-Plant

Sunbelt

A-Plant

45

41

28

29

36

26

17

14

14

16

16

15 

0.87

0.74

0.66

0.56

0.48

0.52

0.45

0.35

12

13

14

12

13

14

12

13 old

13 new

14

Strategic report20 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

PRINCIPAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

 mAnAgIng OUR RISK

Ashtead has a rigorous risk management framework designed  
to identify and assess the likelihood and consequences of risk and 
to manage the actions necessary to mitigate its impact. A detailed 
description of this framework is given on pages 28 and 29. Set out 
below are the principal business risks that currently impact the 
group and information on how we mitigate against them. Our risk 
profile evolves as we move through the economic cycle and 
commentary on how risks have changed is included below.

INCREASED RISK

CONSTANT RISK

DECREASED RISK

ECONOMIC 
CONDITIONS

POTENTIAL IMPACT
In the longer term, there is a link 
between demand for our services 
and levels of economic activity. 
The construction industry, from which 
we earn the majority of our revenue, is 
cyclical and typically lags the general 
economic cycle by between 12 and 
24 months.

MITIGATION
•  Prudent management through the 

different phases of the cycle.
•  Flexibility in the business model.
•  Capital structure and debt facilities 

arranged in recognition of the cyclical 
nature of our market and able to 
withstand market shocks.

CHANGE
Our performance is currently ahead of 
the economic cycle and we therefore 
expect to see further upside as the 
economic recovery becomes more 
sustained. However, our longer term 
planning is focused on the next 
downturn to ensure we have the 
financial firepower at the bottom of the 
cycle to achieve the next ‘step-change’ 
in business performance.

COMPETITION

POTENTIAL IMPACT
The already competitive market could 
become even more competitive and we 
could suffer increased competition 
from large national competitors or 
small companies operating at a local 
level resulting in reduced market 
share and lower revenue.

CHANGE
Our competitive position continues to 
improve. We are growing faster than 
most of our larger competitors and the 
market, and continue to take market 
share from our smaller, less well 
financed competitors.

MITIGATION
•  Create commercial advantage by 

providing the highest level of service, 
consistently and at a price which 
offers value.

•  Excel in the areas that provide 

barriers to entry to newcomers: 
industry-leading IT, experienced 
personnel and a broad network and 
equipment fleet.

•  Regularly estimate and monitor 
our market share and track the 
performance of our competitors.

FINANCING

POTENTIAL IMPACT
Debt facilities are only ever committed 
for a finite period of time and we need 
to plan to renew our facilities before 
they mature and guard against default. 
Our loan agreements also contain 
conditions (known as covenants) with 
which we must comply.

MITIGATION
•  Maintain conservative (below two 

times) net debt to EBITDA leverage 
which helps minimise our 
refinancing risk.

•  Maintain long debt maturities.
•  Use of an asset-based senior facility 
means none of our debt contains 
quarterly financial covenants when 
availability under the facility 
exceeds $200m.

CHANGE
We took the opportunity afforded by 
strong debt markets to increase our ABL 
facility to $2bn, reduce the interest rate 
grid and extend its maturity to 2018. In 
addition, we accessed the long-term fixed 
rate debt markets and added $400m to 
our 6.5% notes due 2022 at a yield to 
maturity of 5.6%. At 30 April 2014, our 
facilities were committed for an average 
of six years and availability under the ABL 
was $916m.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  21

POTENTIAL IMPACT
We are heavily dependent on technology 
for the smooth running of our business 
given the large number of both units of 
equipment we rent and our customers. 
A serious uncured failure in our point 
of sale IT platforms would have an 
immediate impact, rendering us unable 
to record and track our high volume, 
low transaction value operations.

MITIGATION
•  Robust and well-protected data 

centres with multiple data links to 
protect against the risk of failure.
•  Detailed business recovery plans 
which are tested periodically.
•  Separate near-live back-up data 
centres which are designed to be 
able to provide the necessary 
services in the event of a failure 
at the primary site.

CHANGE
Our business continuity plans were 
reviewed, updated and tested during 
the year.

BUSINESS 
CONTINUITY

PEOPLE

POTENTIAL IMPACT
Retaining and attracting good people is 
key to delivering superior performance 
and customer service.

Excessive staff turnover is likely to 
impact on our ability to maintain the 
appropriate quality of service to our 
customers and would ultimately impact 
our financial performance adversely.

POTENTIAL IMPACT
We need to comply with laws and 
regulations governing occupational 
health and safety matters. Furthermore, 
accidents could happen which might 
result in injury to an individual, claims 
against the Group and damage to 
our reputation.

HEALTH  
AND SAFETY

POTENTIAL IMPACT
Failure to comply with the frequently 
changing regulatory environment 
could result in reputational damage 
or financial penalty.

COMPLIANCE  
WITH LAWS AND 
REGULATIONS

ENvIRONMENTAL

POTENTIAL IMPACT
We need to comply with the numerous 
laws governing environmental protection 
matters. These laws regulate such issues 
as wastewater, stormwater, solid and 
hazardous wastes and materials, and 
air quality. Breaches potentially create 
hazards to our employees, damage to 
our reputation and expose the Group to, 
amongst other things, the cost of 
investigating and remediating 
contamination and also fines and 
penalties for non-compliance.

MITIGATION
•  Provide well-structured and 

competitive reward and benefit 
packages that ensure our ability  
to attract and retain the employees  
we need.

•  Ensure that our staff have the right 

working environment and equipment 
to enable them to do the best job 
possible and maximise their 
satisfaction at work.

•  Invest in training and career 

development opportunities for our 
people to support them in their careers.

MITIGATION
•  Maintain appropriate health and safety 
policies and procedures regarding  
the need to comply with laws and 
regulations and to reasonably guard 
our employees against the risk  
of injury.

•  Induction and training programmes 
reinforce health and safety policies.

•  Programmes to support our 
customers exercising their 
responsibility to their own workforces 
when using our equipment.

CHANGE
Our compensation and incentive 
programmes have continued to evolve 
to reflect market conditions and the 
economic environment. Staff turnover 
remains relatively low, based on 
historical levels.

We continue to invest in training and 
career development with nearly 300 
courses offered across both businesses.

CHANGE
The overall incident rate continued to 
decline in Sunbelt and A-Plant, although 
we saw a higher incidence of strains and 
sprains in A-Plant. This resulted in a 
reduced RIDDOR reportable rate of 0.45 
(2013: 0.48) in Sunbelt but an increase 
to 0.52 in A-Plant (2013: 0.35).

MITIGATION
•  Maintaining a legal function to 

oversee management of these risks 
and to achieve compliance with 
relevant legislation.

•  Group-wide ethics policy and 

whistle-blowing arrangements.

•  Evolving policies and practices to take 
account of changes in legal obligations.

•  Training and induction programmes 
ensure our staff receive appropriate 
training and briefing on the relevant 
policies.

CHANGE
We monitor regulatory and legislation 
changes to ensure our policies and 
practices reflect them and we comply with 
relevant legislation.

Our whistle-blowing arrangements are well 
established and the Company Secretary 
reported matters arising to the Audit 
Committee during the course of the year.

During the year over 1,100 people in 
Sunbelt and over 700 in A-Plant underwent 
induction training and additional training 
programmes were undertaken in safety.

MITIGATION
•  Policies and procedures in place at 
all our stores regarding the need to 
adhere to local laws and regulations.
•  Procurement policies reflect the need 

for the latest available emissions 
management and fuel efficiency tools 
in our fleet.

•  Monitoring and reporting of carbon 

emissions.

CHANGE
We continue to seek to reduce the 
environmental impact of our business 
and invest in technology to reduce the 
environmental impact on our customers’ 
businesses. In 2013/14 we reduced our 
carbon emission intensity ratio to 121 
(2013: 129) in Sunbelt and 101 (2013: 112) 
in A-Plant. Further detail is provided on 
pages 36 and 37.

Strategic report22 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

FINANCIAL REvIEW

OUR FInAncIAL 
PERFORmAncE

The year was one of strong performance by Sunbelt and A-Plant.

Trading

Sunbelt in $m

Sunbelt in £m
A-Plant
Group central costs

Net financing costs
Profit before tax, exceptionals, remeasurements and amortisation
Exceptional items 
Fair value remeasurements
Amortisation
Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company

Revenue

2013
1,819.9

1,155.8
206.1
–
1,361.9

2014
2,188.5

1,366.2
268.5
–
1,634.7

EBITDA

2013
(restated)
741.4

470.9
57.3
(9.2)
519.0

2014
987.6

616.5
78.6
(10.0)
685.1

Operating profit

2014
631.1

394.0
25.2
(10.0)
409.2
(47.1)
362.1
4.2
–
(9.8)
356.5
(125.3)
231.2

2013
(restated)
452.5

287.4
11.9
(9.3)
290.0
(44.6)
245.4
(18.0)
(7.4)
(5.8)
214.2
(76.4)
137.8

Margins
Sunbelt
A-Plant
Group

 45%

Sunbelt EBITDA margin

45.1%
29.3%
41.9%

40.7%
27.8%
38.1%

28.8%
9.4%
25.0%

24.9%
5.8%
21.3%

Group revenue for the year increased 20% to 
£1,635m (2013: £1,362m) with strong growth 
in both businesses. This revenue growth, 
combined with ongoing operational efficiency, 
generated record underlying profit before tax 
of £362m (2013 restated: £245m).

In Sunbelt, rental revenue grew 23% to 
$1,973m (2013: $1,611m), driven by a 17% 
increase in fleet on rent and 4% improvement 
in yield. Sunbelt has continued to take market 
share with the rental market as a whole 
growing 6% in 2013, as estimated by IHS 
Global Insight. This has been achieved 
through the excellent execution of a clear  
and consistent strategy by the Sunbelt team, 
focusing on a balance between same store 
growth, greenfield expansion and bolt-on 
acquisitions. Sunbelt’s total revenue, 
including new and used equipment, 
merchandise and consumable sales, 
grew 20% to $2,189m (2013: $1,820m).

A-Plant continues to perform well and, 
with the acquisition of Eve, delivered rental 
revenue of £244m, up 33% on the prior year 
(2013: £183m). This reflects 21% more fleet 
on rent and a 9% improvement in yield. Yield 
has benefitted from an improved product mix 
over the period, including Eve’s events work. 
Rental revenue growth excluding Eve was 
19%, reflecting 10% more fleet on rent and 
a 9% yield improvement.

Sunbelt’s strong revenue growth resulted in 
a record EBITDA margin of 45% (2013: 41%) 
as 65% of revenue growth dropped through 
to EBITDA. This contributed to an operating 
profit of $631m (2013: $453m). A-Plant’s 
EBITDA margin improved to 29% (2013: 28%) 
and operating profit more than doubled to 
£25m (2013: £12m). As a result, Group 
operating profit increased 41% to £409m 
(2013 restated: £290m).

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  23

TABLE 1

Sunbelt in $m

Sunbelt in £m
A-Plant
Total rental equipment
Delivery vehicles, property  
improvements and IT equipment
Total additions

Replacement
307.9

182.4
49.0
231.4

Growth
655.5

388.1
37.5
425.6

2014

Total
963.4

570.5
86.5
657.0

83.6
740.6

2013

Total
713.7

458.5
62.5
521.0

59.4
580.4

DIvIDENDS
In accordance with our progressive 
dividend policy, with consideration to both 
profitability and cash generation at a level 
that is sustainable across the cycle, the 
Board is recommending a final dividend 
of 9.25p per share (2013: 6.0p) making 11.5p 
for the year (2013: 7.5p). If approved at the 
forthcoming Annual General Meeting, the 
final dividend will be paid on 5 September 
2014 to shareholders on the register on 
15 August 2014.

CURRENT TRADING AND OUTLOOK
Our strong performance continued in May. 
With both divisions performing well and 
beginning to enjoy recovering markets, we 
are well positioned for further growth and  
the Board looks forward to the medium  
term with continued confidence.

Balance sheet
FIxED ASSETS
Capital expenditure in the year totalled £741m 
(2013: £580m) with £657m invested in the 
rental fleet (2013: £521m). Expenditure on 
rental equipment was 89% of total capital 
expenditure with the balance relating to the 
delivery vehicle fleet, property improvements 
and IT equipment. Capital expenditure by 
division is shown in Table 1 above.

US demand remained strong and, as  
a result, $655m of rental equipment capital 
expenditure was spent on growth while 
$308m was invested in replacement of 
existing fleet. The growth proportion is 
estimated on the basis of the assumption 

that replacement capital expenditure  
in any period is equal to the original cost  
of equipment sold.

The average age of the Group’s serialised 
rental equipment, which constitutes the 
substantial majority of our fleet, at 30 April 
2014 was 28 months (2013: 32 months) on a 
net book value basis. Sunbelt’s fleet had an 
average age of 27 months (2013: 30 months) 
while A-Plant’s fleet had an average age of 
37 months (2013: 40 months).

Our preliminary capital expenditure plan 
for next year is for spend at a similar level to 
this year which should result in percentage 
growth in our fleet in the low to mid teens. 
This level of expenditure is consistent with 
our strategy at this stage in the cycle of 
investing in organic growth, opening 
greenfield sites and continuing to reduce our 
leverage. As always, our capital expenditure 
plans remain flexible depending on market 
conditions and we will adjust our plans 
appropriately during the course of the year.

The original cost of the Group’s rental fleet 
and the dollar and physical utilisation for 
the year ended 30 April 2014 are shown 
in Table 2 below.

Dollar utilisation is defined as rental revenue 
divided by average fleet at original (or ‘first’) 
cost and, measured over the last twelve 
months to 30 April 2014, rose to 61% at 
Sunbelt (2013: 60%) and 56% at A-Plant 
(2013: 49%). Physical utilisation is time-based 
utilisation, which is calculated as the daily 
average of the original cost of equipment on 
rent as a percentage of the total value of 
equipment in the fleet at the measurement 

TABLE 2 

Sunbelt in $m

Sunbelt in £m
A-Plant

Rental fleet at original cost

30 April 2014 30 April 2013 LTM average
3,255

3,596

2,868

LTM rental
revenue
1,973

LTM dollar
utilisation
61%

LTM physical
utilisation
71%

2,130
446
2,576

1,843
369
2,212

1,927
432
2,359

1,231
244
1,475

61%
56%

71%
72%

Net financing costs increased slightly to £47m 
(2013: £45m), reflecting higher average debt 
during the year and the additional $400m 
senior secured notes issued in December, 
partially offset by the lower margin on 
our senior debt facility following the 
August amendment.

Group profit before exceptional items, 
amortisation of intangibles and taxation was 
£362m (2013 restated: £245m). After a tax 
charge of 36% (2013: 36%) of the underlying 
pre-tax profit, underlying earnings per share 
increased 48% to 46.6p (2013 restated: 31.4p). 
The cash tax charge remained low at 3% 
due to the utilisation of tax losses brought 
forward and the capital intensive nature of the 
business. However, cash tax payments will 
increase in 2014/15 as we utilise the brought 
forward tax losses during the year and we 
expect the cash tax rate to be in the mid teens 
in 2014/15.

The exceptional income of £4m relates to the 
release of part of the provision for deferred 
consideration related to the Eve acquisition, 
which was payable depending on the 
achievement of increased earnings targets. 
£7m was provided in full on acquisition, based 
on an expectation that the targets would be 
achieved in full. They were achieved partially, 
resulting in an additional cash payment 
of £3m.

Statutory profit before tax was £357m 
(2013 restated: £214m) and basic earnings 
per share were 46.1p (2013 restated: 27.6p).

RETURN ON INvESTMENT
Sunbelt’s pre-tax return on investment 
(excluding goodwill and intangible assets) 
in the 12 months to 30 April 2014 continued to 
improve to 26.4% (2013: 24.7%), well ahead 
of the Group’s pre-tax weighted average cost 
of capital. In the UK, return on investment 
(excluding goodwill and intangible assets) 
improved to 9.2% (2013 restated: 4.9%). 
For the Group as a whole, returns (including 
goodwill and intangible assets) are 18.6% 
(2013: 16.2%).

Strategic report24 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

FINANCIAL REvIEW cOnTInUEd

date. Measured over the last twelve months 
to 30 April 2014, average physical utilisation 
at Sunbelt remained constant at 71% and 
increased to 72% at A-Plant (2013: 69%). 
At Sunbelt, physical utilisation is measured 
for equipment with an original cost in excess 
of $7,500 which comprised approximately 
89% of its serialised rental equipment at 
30 April 2014.

TRADE RECEIvABLES
Receivable days at 30 April were 47 days 
(2013: 44 days). The bad debt charge for the 
year ended 30 April 2014 as a percentage of 
total turnover was 0.6% (2013: 0.7%). Trade 
receivables at 30 April 2014 of £221m (2013: 
£185m) are stated net of allowances for bad 
debts and credit notes of £16m (2013: £16m) 
with the allowance representing 6.8% 
(2013: 7.8%) of gross receivables.

TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
Group payable days were 63 days in 2014 
(2013: 67 days) with capital expenditure-
related payables, which have longer payment 
terms, totalling £152m (2013: £130m). 
Payment periods for purchases other than 
rental equipment vary between seven and 
60 days and for rental equipment between 
30 and 120 days.

PROvISIONS
Provisions of £35m (2013: £37m) relate to 
the provision for self-insured retained risk 
under the Group’s self-insurance policies, 
provisions for vacant property as well as 
acquisition related deferred consideration. 
The Group’s business exposes it to the risk of 
claims for personal injury, death or property 
damage resulting from the use of the 
equipment it rents and from injuries caused 
in motor vehicle accidents in which its 
vehicles are involved. The Group carries 
insurance covering a wide range of potential 
claims at levels it believes are sufficient 
to cover existing and future claims.

Our US liability insurance programmes 
provide that we can recover our liability related 
to each and every valid claim in excess of an 
agreed excess amount of $750,000 in relation 
to general liability claims and $1m for workers’ 
compensation and motor vehicle claims. 
Prior to September 2012, excess amounts 
ranged from $500,000 to $2m. In the UK our 
self-insured excess per claim is much lower 
than in the US and is typically £100,000 per 
claim or less. Our liability insurance coverage 
is limited to a maximum of £150m per claim.

PENSIONS
The Group operates a number of pension 
plans for the benefit of employees, for which 
the overall charge included in the financial 

statements was £7m (2013: £6m). Amongst 
these, the Group has one defined benefit 
pension plan which covers approximately 100 
remaining active employees in the UK and 
which was closed to new members in 2001. 
All our other pension plans are defined 
contribution plans.

The Group’s defined benefit pension plan was, 
measured in accordance with the accounting 
standard IAS 19, ‘Employee Benefits’, £6m in 
surplus at 30 April 2014 (2013: £0.4m). The 
investment return on plan assets was £5m 
better than the expected return and there 
was an experience gain on liabilities of £1m. 
Overall, there was a net actuarial gain of 
£5m in the year which was recognised in 
the statement of comprehensive income for 
the year.

The next triennial review of the plan’s funding 
position by the trustees and the actuary is due 
as at 30 April 2016. The April 2013 valuation, 
which was completed last December, showed 
a small surplus of £5m.

CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
The Group is subject to periodic legal claims 
in the ordinary course of its business, none of 
which is expected to have a significant impact 
on the Group’s financial position.

Cash flow
Cash inflow from operations before payment 
of exceptional costs and the net investment 
in the rental fleet increased by 29% to £646m. 
Reflecting a higher level of working capital 
due to higher activity levels, the cash 
conversion ratio for the year was 94% 
(2013: 97%).

Total payments for capital expenditure (rental 
equipment and other PPE) during the year 
were £741m (2013: £583m). Disposal proceeds 
received totalled £102m, giving net payments 
for capital expenditure of £639m in the year 
(2013: £487m). Financing costs paid totalled 
£40m (2013: £42m) while tax payments were 
£15m (2013: £7m). Financing costs paid differ 
from the charge in the income statement due 
to the timing of interest payments in the year 
and non-cash interest charges.

Accordingly, in the year the Group generated 
£357m (2013: £220m) of net cash before 
discretionary investments made to enlarge 
the size and hence earning capacity of its 
rental fleet and on acquisitions. After growth 
investment, payment of exceptional costs 
(closed property costs and financing costs 
in the prior year) and acquisitions, there was 
a net cash outflow of £154m (2013: £84m).

TABLE 3

EBITDA before exceptional items

Cash inflow from operations before exceptional  
items and changes in rental equipment 
Cash conversion ratio*

Replacement rental capital expenditure
Payments for non-rental capital expenditure
Rental equipment disposal proceeds
Other property, plant and equipment disposal proceeds
Tax (net)
Financing costs
Cash inflow before growth capex and payment of exceptional costs
Growth rental capital expenditure
Exceptional costs
Total cash used in operations
Business acquisitions
Total cash absorbed
Dividends
Purchase of own shares by the ESOT
Increase in net debt

Year to 30 April

2014
£m
685.1

2013
£m
(restated)
519.0

645.5
94.2%

(249.6)
(85.3)
90.4
11.5
(14.9)
(40.5)
357.1
(405.6)
(2.2)
(50.7)
(103.3)
(154.0)
(41.3)
(22.4)
(217.7)

501.3
96.6%

(270.6)
(58.3)
87.6
7.9
(6.8)
(41.5)
219.6
(253.6)
(15.8)
(49.8)
(33.8)
(83.6)
(20.0)
(10.2)
(113.8)

*  Cash inflow from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental equipment as a percentage of EBITDA 

before exceptional items.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  25

 1.8x

net debt to EBITDA leverage

Capital structure
The Group’s capital structure is kept under 
regular review. Our operations are financed 
by a combination of debt and equity. We seek 
to minimise the cost of capital while 
recognising the constraints of the debt and 
equity markets. At 30 April 2014 our pre-tax 
average cost of capital was approximately 11%.

The Group targets leverage of below two times 
net debt to EBITDA over the economic cycle.

In considering returns to equity holders, the 
Board aims to provide a progressive dividend, 
with consideration to both profitability and 
cash generation at a level that is sustainable 
across the cycle. 

NET DEBT
The chart to the left shows how, measured 
at constant April 2014 exchange rates for 
comparability, our net debt has changed over 
the cycle. We held net debt flat in 2006 and 
2007 whilst investing significantly in fleet 
reconfiguration and de-ageing following the 
NationsRent acquisition. Through 2008 to 
2010, we significantly lowered our capital 
expenditure, taking advantage of our young 
average fleet age, and consequently delivered 
significant reductions in outstanding debt, 
paying-off around one third of our debt in this 
way. Since 2010, we have stepped up our net 
capital expenditure as rental markets 
improved. As a result, net debt has increased 
in absolute terms over the period principally 
due to acquisitions and dividends with free 
cash flow being sufficient to fund substantially 
all the increased capital expenditure. 
However, importantly, except for a rise during 
the recession, net debt to EBITDA leverage 
has been on a downward trend since the 
NationsRent acquisition in August 2006.

In greater detail, closing net debt at 30 April 
2014 is shown in Table 4 to the left.

A significant proportion of our debt at both 
30 April 2014 and 2013 was drawn in dollars 
providing a substantial but partial hedge 
against Sunbelt’s dollar-based net assets.

Net debt at 30 April 2014 was £1,149m with 
the increase since 30 April 2013 reflecting 
principally the net cash outflow set out above, 
partially offset by £88m of currency 
translation benefit. The Group’s EBITDA for 
the year ended 30 April 2014 was £685m and 
the ratio of net debt to EBITDA was therefore 
1.8 times at 30 April 2014 (2013: 1.9 times) 
on a constant currency basis and 1.7 times 
(2013: 2.0 times) on a reported basis.

Our debt package is well structured for 
our business across the economic cycle. 

We retain substantial headroom on facilities 
which are committed for the long term, 
with an average of six years remaining at 
30 April 2014. The weighted average interest 
cost of these facilities (including non-cash 
amortisation of deferred debt raising costs) 
is approximately 5%.

DEBT FACILITIES
The Group’s principal debt facilities are 
as follows:

First priority senior secured credit facility
At 30 April 2014, $2.0bn was committed by 
our senior lenders under the asset-based 
senior secured revolving credit facility (‘ABL 
facility’) until August 2018 while the amount 
utilised was $1,084m (including letters 
of credit totalling $35m). The ABL facility 
is secured by a first priority interest in 
substantially all of the Group’s assets. 
Pricing for the revolving credit facility is 
based on the ratio of funded debt to EBITDA 
before exceptional items according to a grid 
which varies, depending on leverage, from 
LIBOR plus 175bp to LIBOR plus 225bp. 
At 30 April 2014 the Group’s borrowing rate 
was LIBOR plus 175bp.

There are two financial performance 
covenants under the asset-based first priority 
senior bank facility:

•  funded debt to LTM (last twelve months) 
EBITDA before exceptional items not to 
exceed 4.0 times; and

•  a fixed charge ratio (comprising LTM 

EBITDA before exceptional items less LTM 
net capital expenditure paid in cash over 
the sum of scheduled debt repayments 
plus cash interest, cash tax payments and 
dividends paid in the last twelve months) 
which must be equal to or greater than 
1.0 times.

These covenants do not, however, apply when 
excess availability (the difference between 
the lower of the facility size and the borrowing 
base and facility utilisation) exceeds $200m. 
At 30 April 2014 availability under the bank 
facility was $916m ($667m at 30 April 2013), 
with an additional $770m of suppressed 
availability meaning that covenants were not 
measured at 30 April 2014 and are unlikely 
to be measured in forthcoming quarters.

As a matter of good practice, we calculate the 
covenant ratios each quarter. At 30 April 2014, 
as a result of the significant investment 
in our rental fleet, the fixed charge ratio, 
as expected, did not meet the covenant 
requirement whilst the leverage ratio did so 
comfortably. The fact the fixed charge ratio is 

NET DEBT

Net debt (£m) 

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

Leverage (x)
4

3

2

1

Oct
06

Apr
07

Apr
08

Apr
09

Apr
10

Apr
11

Apr
12

Apr
13

Apr
14

TABLE 4

First priority senior 
secured bank debt
Finance lease 
obligations
6.5% second priority 
senior secured notes,  
due 2022

Cash and cash 
equivalents 
Total net debt

2014
£m

2013
£m

609.5

716.7

4.6

2.9

537.3
1,151.4

314.8
1,034.4

(2.8)
1,148.6

(20.3)
1,014.1

Strategic report26 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

FINANCIAL REvIEW cOnTInUEd

TABLE 5: MATURITY OF GROUP DEBT

Bank and other debt 
Finance leases 
6.5% senior secured notes

Deferred costs of raising finance
Cash at bank and in hand
Net debt
Operating leases1 
Total

2015
£m
–
2.2
–
2.2
–
(2.8)
(0.6)
36.0
35.4

2016
£m
–
1.0
–
1.0
–
–
1.0
29.5
30.5

2017
£m
–
1.0
–
1.0
–
–
1.0
26.0
27.0

2018
£m
–
0.4
–
0.4
–
–
0.4
21.5
21.9

Payments due by year ended 30 April

2019
£m
616.3
–
–
616.3
(6.8)
–
609.5
16.5
626.0

Thereafter
£m
–
–
546.7
546.7
(9.4)
–
537.3
43.1
580.4

Total
£m
616.3
4.6
546.7
1,167.6
(16.2)
(2.8)
1,148.6
172.6
1,321.2

1 Represents the minimum payments to which we were committed under operating leases.

below 1.0 times does not cause concern given 
the strong availability and management’s 
ability to flex capital expenditure downwards 
at short notice. Accordingly, the accounts are 
prepared on a going concern basis.

6.5% second priority senior secured notes 
due 2022 having a nominal value of $900m
On 16 July 2012 the Group, through its wholly 
owned subsidiary Ashtead Capital, Inc., 
issued $500m of 6.5% second priority 
senior secured notes due 15 July 2022. 
On 12 December 2013, the Group issued an 
additional $400m of 6.5% second priority 
secured notes. These notes were issued as 
an add-on to the 6.5% notes due 25 July 2022 
indenture and, as such, were consolidated to 
form a single series of notes. The notes are 
secured by second priority interests over 
substantially the same assets as the ABL 
facility and are also guaranteed by Ashtead 
Group plc.

Under the terms of the 6.5% notes the Group 
is, subject to important exceptions, restricted 
in its ability to incur additional debt, pay 
dividends, make investments, sell assets, 
enter into sale and leaseback transactions 
and merge or consolidate with another 
company. Financial performance covenants 
under the 6.5% senior secured note issue are 
only measured at the time new debt is raised.

MINIMUM CONTRACTED DEBT 
COMMITMENTS
Table 5 above summarises the maturity of the 
Group’s debt and also shows the minimum 
annual commitments under off balance sheet 
operating leases at 30 April 2014 by year 
of expiry.

Operating leases relate to the Group’s 
properties.

Except for the off balance sheet operating 
leases described above, £21m ($35m) of 
standby letters of credit issued at 30 April 
2014 under the first priority senior debt 
facility relating to the Group’s insurance 
programmes and £1m of performance bonds 
granted by Sunbelt, we have no material 
commitments that we could be obligated to 
pay in the future which are not included in the 
Group’s consolidated balance sheet.

Presentation of financial 
information
CURRENCY TRANSLATION AND INTEREST 
RATE ExPOSURE
Our reporting currency is the pound sterling, 
the functional currency of the parent 
company. However, the majority of our assets, 
liabilities, revenue and costs are denominated 
in US dollars. Fluctuations in the value of the 
US dollar with respect to the pound sterling 
have had, and may continue to have, a 
significant impact on our financial condition 
and results of operations as reported 
in pounds.

We have arranged our financing so that 
virtually all our debt was denominated in US 
dollars at 30 April 2014. At that date, dollar 
denominated debt represented approximately 
66% of the value of dollar denominated net 
assets (other than debt) providing a partial, 
but substantial, hedge against the translation 
effects of changes in the dollar exchange rate.

measured for all our serialised rental 
equipment. The size, mix and relative 
attractiveness of our rental equipment fleet 
is affected significantly by the level of our 
capital expenditure.

The main components of our revenue are: 

•  revenue from equipment rentals, including 
related revenue such as the fees we charge 
for equipment delivery, erection and 
dismantling services for our scaffolding 
rentals, fuel provided with the equipment 
we rent to customers and loss damage 
waiver and environmental fees;

•  revenue from sales of new merchandise, 

including sales of parts and revenue from a 
limited number of sales of new equipment; 
and

•  revenue from the sale of used rental 

equipment.

COSTS
The main components of our total costs are: 

The dollar interest payable on this debt also 
limits the impact of changes in the dollar 
exchange rate on our pre-tax profits and 
earnings. Based on the currency mix of our 
profits currently prevailing and on current 
dollar debt levels and interest rates, every 1% 
change in the US dollar exchange rate would 
impact pre-tax profit by £3m.

•  staff costs – staff costs at our stores as 
well as at our central support offices 
represent the largest single component 
of our total costs. Staff costs consist of 
salaries, profit share and bonuses, social 
security costs, and other pension costs, 
and comprised 34% of our total operating 
costs in the year ended 30 April 2014;

REvENUE
Our revenue is a function of our rental rates 
and the size, utilisation and mix of our 
equipment rental fleet. The rates we charge 
are affected in large measure by utilisation 
and the relative attractiveness of our rental 
equipment, while utilisation is determined by 
fleet size, market size and our market share, 
as well as general economic conditions. 
Utilisation is time-based utilisation which is 
calculated as the original cost of equipment 
on rent as a percentage of the total value of 
equipment in the fleet at the measurement 
date. In the US, we measure time utilisation 
on those items in our fleet with an original 
cost of $7,500 or more which constituted 89% 
of our US serialised rental equipment at 
30 April 2014. In the UK, time utilisation is 

•  used rental equipment sold which 

comprises the net book value of the used 
equipment sold in the year as it was stated 
in our accounts immediately prior to the 
time at which it was sold and any direct 
costs of disposal, comprised 6% of our 
total operating costs in the year ended 
30 April 2014;

•  other operating costs – comprised 37% 

of total operating costs in the year ended 
30 April 2014. These costs include:

 −  spare parts, consumables and outside 
repair costs – costs incurred for the 
purchase of spare parts used by our 
workshop staff to maintain and repair 
our rental equipment as well as outside 
repair costs;

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  27

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested 
annually for impairment at 30 April. Assets 
that are subject to amortisation or depreciation 
are reviewed for impairment whenever events 
or changes in circumstances indicate that the 
carrying amount may not be recoverable. An 
impairment loss is recognised in the income 
statement for the amount by which the asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest 
level for which there are separately 
identifiable and independent cash flows for 
the asset being tested for impairment. In the 
case of goodwill, impairment is assessed at 
the level of the Group’s reporting units. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s 
fair value less costs to sell and value in use.

Management necessarily applies its 
judgement in estimating the timing and value 
of underlying cash flows within the value in 
use calculation as well as determining the 
appropriate discount rate. Subsequent 
changes to the magnitude and timing of cash 
flows could impact the carrying value of the 
respective assets.

SELF-INSURANCE
We establish provisions at the end of each 
financial year to cover our estimate of the 
discounted liability for uninsured retained 
risks on unpaid claims arising out of events 
occurring up to the end of the financial year. 
The estimate includes events incurred but 
not reported at the balance sheet date. The 
provision is established using advice received 
from external actuaries who help us 
extrapolate historical trends and estimate 
the most likely level of future expense which 
we will incur on outstanding claims. These 
estimates may however change, based on 
varying circumstances, including changes 
in our experience of the costs we incur in 
settling claims over time. Accordingly, we 
may be required to increase or decrease the 
provision held for self-insured retained risk. 
At 30 April 2014, the total provision for 
self-insurance recorded in our consolidated 
balance sheet was £17m. 

 −  facilities costs – rental payments on 

leased facilities as well as utility costs 
and local property taxes relating to these 
facilities;

 − vehicle costs – costs incurred for the 

maintenance and operation of our vehicle 
fleet, which consists of our delivery 
trucks, the light commercial vehicles 
used by our mobile workshop staff and 
cars used by our sales force, store 
managers and other management staff; 
and

 − other costs – all other costs incurred 
in operating our business, including 
the costs of new equipment and 
merchandise sold, advertising costs 
and bad debt expense.

•  depreciation – the depreciation of our 

property, plant and equipment, including 
rental equipment, comprised 23% of total 
costs in the year ended 30 April 2014.

A large proportion of our costs are fixed 
in the short to medium term, and material 
adjustments in the size of our cost base 
typically result only from openings or 
closures of one or more of our stores. 
Accordingly, our business model is such that 
small increases or reductions in our revenue 
can result in little or no change in our costs 
and often therefore have a disproportionate 
impact on our profits. We refer to this feature 
of our business as ‘operational leverage’.

Critical accounting policies
We prepare and present our financial 
statements in accordance with applicable 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(‘IFRS’). In applying many accounting 
principles, we need to make assumptions, 
estimates and judgements. These 
assumptions, estimates and judgements are 
often subjective and may be affected by 
changing circumstances or changes in our 
analysis. Changes in these assumptions, 
estimates and judgements have the potential 
to materially affect our results. We have 
identified below those of our accounting 
policies that we believe would most likely 
produce materially different results were we 
to change underlying assumptions, estimates 
and judgements. These policies have been 
applied consistently.

REvENUE RECOGNITION
Revenue represents the total amount 
receivable for the provision of goods and 
services to customers net of returns and 
value added tax. Rental revenue, including 
loss damage waiver and environmental fees, 
is recognised on a straight-line basis over the 
period of the rental contract. Because rental 
contracts extend across financial reporting 
periods, the Group records unbilled rental 
revenue and deferred revenue at the 
beginning and end of the reporting periods 
so rental revenue is appropriately stated 
in the financial statements.

Revenue from rental equipment delivery  
and collection is recognised when delivery  
or collection has occurred and is recorded  
as rental revenue.

Revenue from the sale of used rental 
equipment, new equipment, parts and 
supplies, retail merchandise and fuel is 
recognised at the time of delivery to, or 
collection by, the customer and when all 
obligations under the sales contract have 
been fulfilled.

Revenue from sales of used rental equipment 
in connection with trade-in arrangements 
with certain manufacturers from whom 
the Group purchases new equipment are 
accounted for at the lower of transaction 
value or fair value based on independent 
appraisals. If the trade-in price of a unit of 
equipment exceeds the fair market value of 
that unit, the excess is accounted for as a 
reduction of the cost of the related purchase 
of new rental equipment.

USEFUL LIvES OF PROPERTY, PLANT  
AND EqUIPMENT
We record expenditure for property, plant and 
equipment at cost. We depreciate equipment 
using the straight-line method over its 
estimated useful economic life (which ranges 
from three to 20 years with a weighted 
average life of eight years). We use an 
estimated residual value of 10–15% of cost 
in respect of most types of our rental 
equipment, although the range of residual 
values used varies between zero and 30%. 
We establish our estimates of useful life and 
residual value with the objective of allocating 
most appropriately the cost of property, plant 
and equipment to our income statement, over 
the period we anticipate it will be used in our 
business. Useful lives and residual values are 
reassessed annually, recognising the cyclical 
nature of our business.

We may need to change these estimates if 
experience shows that the current estimates 
are not achieving this objective. If these 
estimates change in the future, we may then 
need to recognise increased or decreased 
depreciation expense. Our total depreciation 
expense in the year ended 30 April 2014 
was £276m.

Strategic report28 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT

WE ARE cOmmITTEd 
TO BEHAVIng 
 RESPOnSIBLY

We could not succeed without being a 
responsible business. Being responsible 
builds the trust on which our business 
depends. Our customers put their trust in us 
every day to deliver the equipment they need, 
on time, safe and ready to use. Our employees 
trust us to keep them safe and reward them 
well for their efforts on our behalf. Investors 
trust us to deliver the returns we have 
promised, increasingly into the long term. 
So being responsible is fundamental in 
what we do.

At the heart of being responsible is our 
commitment to health and safety which  
is embedded in everything we do. Being 
responsible is crucial to the well-being of 
our people. In addition, the larger we become, 
the greater our potential impact on the 
communities and environments where we 
work, and the greater our responsibility to 
minimise any negative effect of our operations.

HOW WE ENSURE ASHTEAD REMAINS  
A RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS
The responsibility for ensuring Ashtead 
remains a responsible business rests with 
the Group’s board of directors. It is assisted 
in this function by the Group Risk Committee. 
The Committee is chaired by Suzanne Wood, 
our finance director. Other members of the 
Committee are:

These are the responsible business elements 
that are most material to our business and 
which we discuss in detail here. We assess 
why each matters, how we have performed 
and our objectives going forward.

•  the heads of Sunbelt’s and A-Plant’s risk 

and safety teams;

•  UK and US counsel;

•  the heads of Sunbelt’s and A-Plant’s 
performance standards (internal 
operational audit) teams; and

•  the Sunbelt board member to whom its 
legal counsel and safety director report.

HEALTH 
AND SAFETY

COMMUNITIES

OUR PEOPLE

THE 
ENVIRONMENT

HEALTH AND SAFETY
Implementation
Monitoring
Training
Customers and staff

COMMUNITIES
Community investment
Helping out in emergencies

OUR PEOPLE
Recruitment
Career development and training
Reward and benefits
Diversity and equal opportunities

THE ENvIRONMENT
Resource efficiency
Control of hazardous substances
Mandatory GHG emissions reporting

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  29

The Group Risk Committee provides the 
Audit Committee, and through them the 
Board, with a comprehensive annual report 
on its activities including new legislative 
requirements, details of areas identified  
in the year as requiring improvement, and  
the status of actions being taken to make 
those improvements. It also facilitates the 
coordination of the environmental, health, 
safety and risk management activities of 
Sunbelt and A-Plant so that best practice 
and new initiatives in one business can be 
shared with, and adopted by, the other.

Our commitment to the highest ethical 
standards means that the Group Risk 
Committee also works to ensure these 
continue to be communicated and upheld 
at Ashtead. Our group-wide ethics and 
entertainment policies are communicated 
directly to employees through dedicated 
communication and training programmes. 
Whistle-blowing arrangements, in place in 
both the US and the UK, allow employees, 
in confidence, to raise concerns about any 
alleged improprieties they may encounter.

The Group Risk Committee priorities last 
year included:

•  assessment of the Group risk register;

•  evaluation of driver behavioural 

software tools;

•  continued focus on driving hours and 

vehicle fleet compliance;

•  the prioritisation of business risks;

•  enhanced training capabilities;

•  review, update and testing of business 

continuity plans; and

•  reduction in accident rates.

HEALTH AND SAFETY
Why it matters
Health and safety are fundamental to our 
business. Keeping our people safe is 
essential. Having safe equipment immediately 
available combined with the necessary 
training to enable the operator to use that 
equipment safely is what enables customers 
to trust us. A strong reputation for excellent 
health and safety is a significant competitive 
advantage for us. In addition, ever-changing 
regulation with its increased focus on safety 
and more stringent requirements for all 
operators, has contributed to our growth. It is 
easier and cheaper to outsource equipment 
safety to us than for customers to worry 
about it themselves. This has been an 
important factor in the shift to rental that 
continues to drive our growth in the US and 
reinforces our position in the UK. So health 
and safety are at the core of what we do.

Our extensive health and safety programmes 
monitor, develop and maintain safe working 
practices while reminding our employees of 
the need to be safe at all times and look after 
their own health. Our continued improvement 
is accomplished through a combination of 
proactive safety and leadership training, 
enhanced safety programmes and timely 
incident response and investigation. We also 
help our customers ensure the safety of their 
employees. You can find out more about our 
customer focused initiatives in the section  
on customers below. In addition, we make a 
considerable annual investment in ensuring 
our rental equipment meets or exceeds the 
latest safety standards, as well as providing 
health and safety advice and materials along 
with each rental.

How we monitor our performance 
We monitor health and safety day-to-day by 
the number of reported incidents that occur 
during our work. We track and analyse all 
incidents to enable us to identify recurrent 
issues and implement preventative 
improvements. The importance of health and 
safety is reflected in the fact that the number 
of reportable accidents is one of our group-
wide KPIs (see page 19). Last year Sunbelt had 
579 reported incidents relative to a workforce 
of 7,375 (2013: 505 incidents relative to a 
workforce of 6,757), whilst A-Plant had 276 
incidents relative to an average workforce 
of 2,370 (2013: 249 incidents relative to an 
average workforce of 1,949). For the purposes 
of our internal tracking, the term incident 
does not necessarily mean that an employee 
was hurt or injured. Rather it represents an 
event that we want to track and report for 
monitoring and learning purposes under our 
health and safety management policies.

Reportable accidents continue to be defined 
differently in the US and UK. Under the 
relevant definitions which generally 
encompass more accidents in the US than in 
the UK, Sunbelt had 163 OSHA (Occupational 
Safety and Health Administration) recordable 
accidents (2013: 171 accidents) which, relative 
to total employee hours worked, gave a Total 
Incident Rate of 1.65 (2013: 1.97). In the UK, 
A-Plant had 25 RIDDOR (Reporting of Injuries, 
Diseases and Dangerous Occurrences 
Regulations) (2013: 15), reportable incidents 
which, relative to total employee hours 
worked, gave a RIDDOR reportable rate 
of 0.52 (2013: 0.35). Although the level of 
incidents per 100 employees has reduced in 
the UK, we have seen an increase in strains 
and sprains as we have become busier, which 

Strategic report30 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT cOnTInUEd

has impacted the RIDDOR reportable rate. 
In response to this increase, we have 
developed training focused on manual 
handling techniques which will be delivered 
over the coming year to assist our employees 
in carrying out their duties more safely. 
In order to compare accident rates between 
the US and UK, Sunbelt also applied the 
RIDDOR definition to its accident population 
which gave a figure this year of 90 RIDDOR 
reportable accidents in the US and a RIDDOR 
reportable rate of 0.45. We remain committed 
to reducing these rates as much as possible.

safety professionals is spread throughout the 
country and serves each of our operating 
divisions to promote direct coordination with 
our operational units. This direct alignment 
with our operational leadership team 
streamlines safety processes, programmes 
and initiatives. Similar initiatives are in place 
at A-Plant where we have ISO 9001 (the 
Quality Standard) accreditation across all 
our UK operations as well as ISO 14001 
(Environmental management) and OHSAS 
18001 (Occupational Health & Safety 
management) accreditations.

Safety initiatives
Last year, Sunbelt delivered the fifth 
instalment of ‘Safety Leadership Training’ 
to all store managers, district managers, 
regional vice presidents, and other select 
members of our management team. The 
purpose of this training was to teach 
operational leaders how to establish and 
enhance our culture of safety within their 
operations such that unsafe behaviours and 
hazards which lead to injuries are proactively 
identified and mitigated. In the coming year, 
quarterly management reviews will be used 
to monitor the progress of our increased 
focus on pro-active safety and safety 
excellence with the ultimate goal of 
‘Zero Harm’.

With a fleet of over 2,000 commercial vehicles 
on the road in the US, transportation safety 
remains our greatest exposure in terms of 
risk and potential for harm to our employees 
and the public. In response to this ongoing 
risk exposure, the risk management 
department continues to administer risk 
mitigation training to counter the most 
significant exposures. Programmes such as 
PACE Behavioural Driving Training, Loading 
and Unloading Hazard Awareness, Driver 
Safety Observations, our ‘Compliments and 
Concerns’ feedback programme, and Fall 
Awareness Training for Drivers all reinforce 
our commitment to transportation safety.

The Sunbelt risk management department 
consists of 15 full-time occupational health 
and safety professionals whose sole role is 
to work with our field personnel to identify 
hazards and reduce incidents. This team of 

Health programmes
Having a healthy workforce has always been 
important to us and we work hard to look 
after our people and help them look after 
themselves. When our staff are on top  
form, they provide the best service to our 
customers. Last year we expanded the 
programmes by which we encourage our staff 
to be healthy, particularly in the US. Firstly we 
launched Virgin Health Miles across Sunbelt. 
This is a programme that rewards staff for 
healthy behaviour, so they are incentivised 
to track their health and invest in it to reap 
the rewards that we are investing in the 
programme on their behalf. Staff get savings 
on their healthcare costs if they do exercise, 
for example.

Secondly we are working with the Wounded 
Warrior Project on various programmes 
emphasising the health and wellness of our 
employees. Our links with the services are 
particularly important at Sunbelt and you can 
read more about this in the section on people 
opposite. We also hold various sporting 
events over the year to encourage healthy 
staff. Last year, for example, we sponsored 
a team for the Corporate Cup road race in 
Charlotte and we organised a relay run at our 
National Management meeting getting over 
500 of our management team up and running.

Working on safety with our customers  
and suppliers
We invest significant resources in ensuring 
our customers use our equipment effectively, 
efficiently and safely. We regularly conduct 
special safety focused events and accredited 
training courses for our customers. We have 
an on-going programme of specialised 

customer health and safety briefings on using 
our equipment range, as well as regular 
general health and safety awareness-raising 
initiatives. This helps build and maintain 
relationships as well as providing that 
additional level of service that infuses 
everything we do. The health and safety of 
our customers is as important as that of our 
employees. We find that this focus plays an 
important part in keeping our customers over 
the long term.

The focus is the same in the UK. A-Plant 
participated in a number of major events 
focused on customer safety last year. For 
example, we showcased some of our safety 
equipment on hire on the M25 Junctions 5-7 
smart motorway project at a Skanska and 
Balfour Beatty Joint Venture Site Safety event.  
We participated in One Alliance’s annual 
‘Safety Stand Down’ event, a four day 
showcase for the latest safety products. 
We also participated in a Kier graduate safety 
day and showcased a wide range of products 
and safety initiatives as well as new products 
and innovations at an Amey open day for 
Amey’s Hampshire Highways account.

We also work with Balfour Beatty in the US 
on safety and we are a true partner in their 
efforts to achieve ‘Zero Harm’ on all their 
projects. Through a national agreement with 
Sunbelt, any telehandler delivered to a 
Balfour Beatty construction project in the 
US will have a proximity sensor installed, 
so reducing the risk of injury associated with 
the machine’s blind spot. Recognising our 
interest in approaching the manufacturers 
to make these and other safety improvements 
to equipment, Balfour Beatty is using their 
considerable buying power to promote 
discussion between the major manufacturers 
and rental companies and to lobby to make 
this equipment safer to own and operate. 
They see our problems and concerns as 
their own. As a result, our safety focus is 
increasingly having an impact up the supply 
chain as well.

A culture of continuous improvement in 
all matters health and safety related is 
embedded in our business and we continue 
to seek ways of reducing incident rates.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  31

stores to discuss performance and enable 
employees to input into improvements as 
well as providing feedback on their own levels 
of satisfaction.

Recruitment
We recruit at all levels and pride ourselves 
on bringing in the right people who then stay 
with us for a long time. It is perfectly possible 
at Ashtead to go from being an apprentice on 
the workshop floor to the board, as has been 
demonstrated by A-Plant chief executive, 
Sat Dhaiwal. The industry leading A-Plant 
apprenticeship programme is featured below. 
Sunbelt also has very successful intern and 
college hire programmes which provide us 
with a steady stream of high quality recruits. 
In particular we work with Universal 
Technical Institute (UTI) campuses nationwide 
where we hold ‘Sunbelt Days’ to recruit the 
best graduates. We are looking to expand 
our partnership with UTI and set up an 
established internship programme, a tool 
assistance programme, the donation of 
Sunbelt equipment for students to service, 
and possibly, incorporate Sunbelt training 
into the curriculum.

OUR PEOPLE
Why they matter
We set great store on hiring the best people, 
training them well and looking after them 
so that they provide the best possible service 
for our customers. In line with this we aim to 
keep employee turnover as low as possible 
to enable us to build on the skill base we have 
established. This is core to the success of the 
business and our competitive position and 
therefore staff turnover is one of our KPIs 
(see page 19).

In general, the rental industry suffers from 
high staff turnover, particularly within certain 
job categories such as mechanics and 
delivery truck drivers, with turnover being 
particularly high within the first year of 
employment. Our staff retention has 
improved in recent years and remains at 
levels similar to those during the recession.

Our employees are driven, conscientious 
and loyal and we like to keep them that 
way through market leading training and 
development and superior reward and 
benefits. Both Sunbelt and A-Plant have 
extensive programmes in place to ensure 
high standards of recruitment, training and 
the appraisal, review and reward of our 
employees. In addition, we endeavour 
consistently throughout the year to maintain 
and develop arrangements aimed at involving 
employees in the Group’s affairs and hearing 
their views. Regular meetings are held at 

A-PLANT APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAMME

A-Plant operates one of the most successful 
and highly valued apprenticeship schemes in 
the equipment rental industry. Last year we 
received over 1,200 applications and we have 
recruited 46 new apprentices. 

Our apprenticeship programmes take between 
two and three years to complete and usually 
include outside training and a formal NVQ 
qualification, in addition to on the job training. 
We always look to identify areas within our 
business where the addition of apprentices 
would benefit recruitment and succession 
plans. Therefore, last year we introduced 
new apprenticeships into our central support 
departments in Warrington and an electrical 
technical apprenticeship to support our 
Accommodation division. We also have 
general apprenticeships in plant maintenance, 
customer service, electrical and driving.

The A-Plant apprenticeship programme has 
an impressive retention rate of over 80% 
compared to the industry’s 66%. Last year 15 
third-year apprentices completed their training 
and progressed into roles within the company 
such as fitters, rental managers and drivers.

Strategic report32 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT cOnTInUEd

Military recruitment
At a more senior level, we actively recruit 
military service members and veterans, 
appreciating that their experience gives 
candidates a sense of discipline, dedication, 
responsibility and a determination to do the 
job right the first time. In 2013 Sunbelt was 
recognised as one of the Most Valuable 
Employers by Civilian Jobs.com as a result 
of our efforts.

In addition, we have actively searched  
for candidates from the Military Spouse 
network, thus providing employment 
opportunities for spouses of active-duty 
employees. Last year saw the launch of 
Sunbelt’s Military Careers Portal for current 
and future applicants where we profile 
employees who have transitioned 
successfully into a civilian career. We find  
that the problem solving and community 
service aspect of our work, especially in 
emergency scenarios, is particularly 
attractive to former service personnel.

Career development and training
Training and development continues 
throughout the careers of our employees. 
Their welfare and job satisfaction is 
enormously important and our career 
development programmes are designed to 
enable staff to progress as far as they are 
able and willing. Particular emphasis is 
placed on the responsibilities of our store 
managers and workshop foremen to facilitate 
on-the-job training. Several of our most 

senior staff started out at entry level within 
our stores and their continuity of employment 
is testament to our focus on employee 
development. A very important part of our 
training remains focused on the health and 
safety of our employees as discussed above.

At Sunbelt we are implementing a new 
Learning Management System (LMS) to make 
managing training courses, signing up for 
courses and taking courses easy and intuitive. 
The learning paths are set by role and 
managers have a full suite of reporting tools 
to help them understand how their employees 
are progressing in their educational journey. 
All our on-line and instructor led courses 
will be housed within the new LMS which 
operates on a mobile platform so on-line 
training will be available almost anywhere 
and at any time.

We also:

•  refreshed safety compliance training for 

over 3,000 employees with more than one 
year’s experience;

•  continued leadership training for new 
service managers as well as general 
training to new store managers;

•  initiated a pilot programme to establish a 
baseline of basic electrical and hydraulics 
knowledge to determine future training 
needs of our mechanics;

•  expanded online technical training 

to mechanics;

SOME OF OUR MILITARY RECRUITS AT OUR ST. LOUIS, PUMP & POWER LOCATION

Mike Siebert 
Sales representative 
US Marine Corp

Jeremy Dorris 
Sales representative 
US Air Force National Guard

Cary Brammer 
Store manager 
US Army

John Knisley 
Sales representative 
US Army National Guard

Keith Mettler 
Driver 
US Navy Reserves

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  33

ROBERT BEATHARD 
Sunbelt 

OUR SAFEST dRIVER:  
ROBERT BEATHARd

Robert Beathard has been driving a truck 
for 35 years, 14 of those for Sunbelt. In that 
time he has driven his truck over a million 
miles all without a single incident. 

Robert starts his day at 4am so he can be on 
the road when there is less traffic around 
and he also loads colleagues’ trailers before 
his own. He exemplifies our commitment to 
the very highest levels of health and safety 
on the job.

Large, modern trucking fleet

Strategic report34 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT cOnTInUEd

•  developed our sales training in a number 

of districts; and

•  continued our commercial motor vehicle 
training to over 1,000 drivers and other 
staff.

At A-Plant we are working with our 
competitors to produce an industry specific 
national driver training programme and we 
have 13 candidates on the pilot programme. 
The programme has three pathways 
– van, rigid and articulated to cover all 
requirements. The full programme will start 
late 2014 and will replace the current driver 
qualification. Our Upskilling the Workforce 
programme has been very successful and 
though not mandatory is very well subscribed. 
Programmes cover rental managers, drivers, 
foremen and yard staff working towards 
accredited qualifications. We also have two 
management development programmes 
which are offered in conjunction with the 
Chartered Management Institute and our 
own professional management programme 
which consists of workshops in-house for 
those who aspire to be managers or gain 
new management skills. 

Reward and benefits
We believe in treating our staff well and 
rewarding them for the effort they put in 
on our behalf. We use a combination of 
competitive fixed pay and attractive incentive 
programmes to reward and motivate staff 
and these drive our profits and return 
on investment. Our sales force is also 
incentivised through our commission plans 
which are based on sales, both volume and 
price achieved, and a broad measure of return 
on investment determined by reference to 
equipment type and discount level.

We flex our incentive plans to reflect the 
stage of the cycle in which we operate which 
we believe has been an important element 
in retaining the confidence of our workforce 
through the economic cycle. In addition to 
their core benefits, including pension and 
life assurance arrangements, we have an 
employee assistance helpline which offers 
free confidential support and advice to 
those in need. We also have other benefits 
such as Virgin Health Miles to promote good 
health amongst our employees, which is 
discussed on page 30.

Diversity and equal opportunities
We work hard to ensure equal opportunities 
for all our staff, as well as prioritising 
employment diversity. Our recruitment 
comes predominantly from the areas 
immediately around our facilities thereby 
providing opportunities for local people. We 
make every reasonable effort to give disabled 
applicants and existing employees becoming 
disabled, opportunities for work, training and 
career development in keeping with their 
aptitudes and abilities. We do not discriminate 
against any individual on the basis of a 
protected status, such as sex, colour, race, 
religion, native origin or age.

In the US we are required by law to monitor 
ethnicity in our workforce every year and we 
maintain a diverse workforce. We also gather 
ethnicity data as part of the recruitment 
process in the UK and through an Equality 
and Inclusion Survey to monitor our diversity. 
Increasingly, many local authority and public 
sector tenders request this kind of 
information. We are committed to providing 
opportunities for people from all ethnic 
groups and in both geographies we have 
good representation from ethnic minorities 
across the organisation.

JAMES SCOTT, OUR ‘STAR’ APPRENTICE

James Scott is a great example of what talent, 
commitment and excellent training can 
achieve. James is a newly qualified A-Plant 
fitter from Cornwall who has just completed 
his plant maintenance apprenticeship. James 
completed a return journey of 600 miles to 
attend Reaseheath College in Cheshire, on 
a four-week block release course which 
entailed him staying at college and being 
away from his family. His dedication and 
technical skills as an engineer have paid 
off and he has won a number of awards, 
including Winner of Construction Plant Hire 
Association’s ‘Stars of the Future’ in both the 
regional and national categories. He plays a 
vital role in the success of the Bodmin depot 
where he works.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  35

A-PLANT LUx RACES TO HELP 
IN THE COMMUNITY

A-Plant Lux was contacted by Lodge Hill 
Centre, an outdoor and education site which 
offers residential and conference facilities in 
the South Downs National Park. The centre 
needed help to re-build a go-kart track to 
accommodate children and young people 
with disabilities and mobility restrictions. 
The local Ford store supported the project by 
donating old traffic light heads and a variety 
of road signs to make the track come to life. 
A-Plant staff visited the site, helped with the 
set-up and delivered the equipment in their 
own time – a great example of helping the 
community where we work.

While our industry has traditionally had many 
more men than women, we do have women at 
all levels in both the US and UK including on 
the Board, on the senior management team 
and as store managers, sales executives and 
apprentices. While we prioritise recruiting the 
best people for every role, we are working to 
make it easier for more women to join the 
organisation, particularly as we expand.

WORKFORCE BY GENDER

Number of employees
Board directors
Senior management
All staff

Male Female Female %
10%
1
6%
1
8%
831

9
15
9,109

HUMAN RIGHTS
At Ashtead we believe in the rights of 
individuals and take our responsibilities 
seriously to all our employees and those who 
may be affected by our activities. Our policies 
are discussed in more detail under Health 
and safety (page 29), Our people (page 31), 
Communities (page 35) and The environment 
(page 36). These principles form part of our 
way of doing business and are embedded in 
our operations. Thus, while we do not manage 
human rights matters separately, we continue 
to assess potential risks but do not believe 
they raise particular issues for the business.

COMMUNITIES
Why they matter
The communities in which we operate have 
always been important to Ashtead. As we 
expand our market share, particularly in the 
US, the communities where we hire and make 
an economic contribution increase alongside 
the number of our locations. Our responsibility 
to those communities increases likewise. 
In addition, our staff feel pride in working for 
Ashtead because of the feeling of community 
service that they have. Our business is about 
helping people and getting things done. It is 
about finding solutions, especially when there 
has been an emergency or a disaster like a 
major flood or a hurricane, for example. 
Contributing to the communities where we 
operate is an important differentiating factor 
for Ashtead staff as well as being attractive 
to new recruits. We find that our ex-service 
personnel in particular really appreciate 
this aspect of our work. Well over half of  
our staff in the US have served their country 
in the past.

Sunbelt
The work we are doing with the Wounded 
Warrior Project supports our wellness focus 
as well as providing community involvement 
opportunities for our employees. We are 
building the link between the wellness of our 
staff and wider wellness within the 
community. We also participate in the Holiday 
Mail for Heroes campaign, where we sign and 
complete cards which are sent to troops in 
war zones for the holidays. Raising our profile 
in the community in this way is completely 
consistent with our desire to do more in 
terms of the quality of life of our staff and 
their families.

Our stores regularly support and participate 
in local charity events and community service.

We recently sponsored a 50km bicycle ride 
for Joe DiMaggio Children’s Hospital and we 
are a major sponsor every year of the 
Charlotte Heart Ball which raises money 
for cardiovascular research, education and 
outreach programmes for the American 
Heart Association. We provide support to 
many community sporting events, sponsoring 
a local softball team in Dallas and various 
charity golf tournaments across the country.

We also continue to work closely with our 
designated charitable partner, the American 
Red Cross and its affiliates, such as the 
Second Harvest Food Bank for which we have 
a food drive every November. We allow 
employees to make payroll deductions to 
contribute to the American Red Cross or the 
Sunbelt Employee Relief Fund.

A-Plant
A-Plant is part of the Prince’s Trust 
Construction and Business Services 
Leadership Group. The Prince’s Trust is the 
Prince of Wales’s charity, supporting 13 to 
30 year-olds who are unemployed or 
struggling at school and at risk of exclusion. 
With our support the charity has now helped 
over 2,800 young people towards a career 
in the construction sector and 52% of these 
young people have gone into a job with a 
further 21% going into additional training. 
We also continue to work with CRASH, the 
construction industry’s charity for homeless 
people. As a patron of this organisation, we 
help improve hostels, day centres, night 
shelters, training centres and move-on 
accommodation for the homeless. Initiatives 
last year included support for the Emmaus 
Community homeless development project in 
Sussex, providing equipment for the erection 
of a garden centre. 

Strategic report36 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

RESPONSIBLE BUSINESS REPORT cOnTInUEd

BEFORE

AFTER

repainting of equipment can be conducted 
safely and securely; and bunded fuel tanks 
to ensure secure fuelling of our fleet and, 
where relevant, vehicles;

•  ensuring proper arrangements are made, 
through the use of reputable vendors, for 
the collection and disposal of waste fuels 
and oils, tyres and other old or broken 
parts released as we service and maintain 
our rental fleets;

•  investing in a modern and efficient delivery 
truck fleet which enables us to ensure that 
our vehicles are purchased with regard for 
good emissions management and fuel 
efficiency;

•  ensuring, wherever practicable, that we 
control noise and potential disruption in 
and around our stores so as not to unduly 
impact the communities immediately 
surrounding them; and

•  reducing our waste to landfill by 

significantly increasing the amount of 
waste that goes to recycling.

Greenhouse gas emissions
We have supported the initiatives of the 
Carbon Disclosure Project in the 
management of carbon dioxide emissions and 
have reported on our carbon emissions 
voluntarily for a number of years now and 
sought to reduce these over time. Under the 
Companies Act 2006 (Strategic and Directors 
Reports) Regulations 2013 we are now 
mandated to report greenhouse gas (GHG) 
emissions data. As we are a growing business 
with aggressive expansion plans, our 
absolute GHG emissions will necessarily 
increase. However, we continue to evaluate 
how best we can limit that increase and 
mitigate the impact.

Our Scope 1 (fuel combustion and operation 
of facilities) and Scope 2 (purchased 
electricity) GHG emissions are reported 
below. We have opted not to report Scope 3 
emissions due to the difficulty in gathering 
accurate and reliable information. The 
majority of these arise through our 
customers’ use of our equipment on their 
sites and projects.

At a local level, our stores across the country 
are involved in initiatives on a weekly basis. 
For example, our Liverpool centre helped 
transform a run-down community centre 
in Warrington by providing free equipment 
including tower scaffolding, access 
equipment, step-ups and ladders, to enable 
the exterior of the centre to be repainted. We 
regularly help deserving families and groups 
with building projects through our association 
with the BBC’s DIY SOS: The Big Build. These 
include the renovation of ‘The Yard’, the only 
indoor and outdoor adventure play centre for 
disabled children and young people in the 
east of Scotland. Our Maidstone store turned 
one of our old accommodation units into a 
log cabin for the local Valley Conservation 
Society for the benefit of residents, wildlife 
and visitors. See before and after images 
to the left.

THE ENvIRONMENT
Why it matters
As mentioned elsewhere, a major priority 
of our corporate strategy is to increase our 
market share. As we establish more stores 
and develop our service offering, our impact 
on the environment increases. We are 
cognisant of this and make every effort 
to limit any negative impact we may have 
in the course of our work. This helps us save 
on costs, on any potential damage to our 
reputation and also helps build that level of 
trust which our customers require. It also 
helps our staff to feel good about where they 
work and helps to build good relationships 
with the communities around our centres.

We seek to fulfil our environmental 
obligations through:

•  monitoring and managing compliance with 
relevant environmental regulations (such 
as the introduction of Tier 4 engines in the 
US) and requirements and carrying out 
self-audits to maintain compliance;

•  investing in the regular renewal of our 

rental fleets to ensure that the equipment 
we provide to our customers incorporates 
the latest environmental technology 
available from our chosen manufacturers, 
where possible;

•  ensuring that our stores are adequately 
equipped to operate in a safe and secure 
way, protective of the environment. Key 
matters covered are: wash-down bays to 
collect and safely dispose of materials 
released when we inspect and clean 
equipment returned from rent; enclosed 
paint booths and spray shops to ensure that 

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  37

GHG EMISSION BY GHG PROTOCOL SCOPE 
(tCO2e/YEAR*)

Scope 1
Scope 2 
Total

2014
162,874
29,762
192,636

2013
147,411
25,158
172,569

* tCO2e/year defined as tonnes of CO2 equivalent per year.

In order to calculate the GHG emissions, 
we have used the GHG Protocol Corporate 
Accounting and Reporting Standard 
(revised edition), together with emission 
factors from the UK Government’s GHG 
Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 
2014, as well as the US Environmental 
Protection Agency.

In the UK, we collect data from all Scope 1 
and Scope 2 vendors and hence, there is 
no estimation involved. In the US, due to the 
size of our operation, we collect data from 
the significant vendors and then use this 
to estimate emissions attributable to the 
balance. At April 2014, approximately 13% of 
the Sunbelt emissions balance was estimated.

We are also required to give an intensity ratio 
as appropriate for our business. Our level of 
GHG emissions vary with our activity levels 
and we have concluded that the most 
appropriate intensity ratio for Ashtead is 
revenue intensity. Our intensity metric is 
therefore an indication of emissions per £1 
of revenue (tCO2e/£).

Revenue intensity ratio 

2014
117.8

2013
126.7

The majority of our revenue is in dollars 
and so the reported ratio is affected by the 
exchange rate. On a constant currency basis 
(using this year’s average exchange rate) our 
intensity ratio has reduced from 128.6 last 
year to 117.8 this year.

Environmental initiatives
This year we have continued our work to 
improve environmental efficiency across the 
Group. We now include environmental audit 
questions within our regular safety audits at 
Sunbelt, so we are better able to monitor 
environmental compliance.

Emergency preparation
We have improved our emergency 
preparation capability in the US this year. We 
have set up emergency response contracts 
with three US vendors and a network of local 
contractors to improve our response times 
in the event of any emergency and we file 
reports with state and local emergency 
coordinators on the chemicals kept at our 
locations. We have also invested in improved 
storage for our oils and fuel and provide full 
hazardous materials management guides to 
all our staff and online training modules on 
spill response.

Clean air
Our integration of the new Tier 4 lower 
emission equipment continues. By May 2015 
we will have over 14,000 Tier 4 engines in the 
fleet valued at over $1bn and we continue 
training our staff on the proper maintenance 
of these to minimise harmful emissions. 
We have also been working to reduce the fuel 
used to meet customer delivery demands 
with a view to further reducing emissions 
as well as costs.

Resource efficiency
We have been upgrading our lighting across 
our US stores, reducing energy demand while 
improving safety with better lighting. We are 
also evaluating installing solar energy at 
several of our stores where we believe costs 
could be reduced as well as energy use. Oil is 
recycled in all our stores. It is collected by 
contractors and either refined for use as 
lubricant or burned for energy. We recycle 
some of our oil ourselves, burning it in 
specially designed burners to generate heat. 
In addition, we have been working with our 
drivers to evaluate and limit idling time as 
far as possible, again to save on energy costs 
and reduce emissions.

Greener equipment
We are increasingly investing in ‘greener’ 
equipment, sometimes as a result of customer 
demand. Recent purchases in the US include 
dry-ice blasters, natural gas generators, 
solar light towers and dual fuel man lifts 
using propane as a fuel source. This is in 
addition to the general shift to Tier 4 
compliant fleet purchases.

In the UK to meet increasing demand for 
environmentally friendly and energy saving 
temporary accommodation, we have 
developed a range of ‘Green Specification’ 
accommodation units. These units 
incorporate a multitude of energy saving 
devices, including increased insulation levels, 
heavy duty door closers, passive infrared 
(PIR) low energy fluorescent lighting, double 
glazed windows, dual flush toilets, waterless 
urinals and thermostatically timed heaters. 
These units allow construction companies 
and other customers to reduce site energy 
consumption without adversely affecting the 
welfare of their teams.

A-Plant also continued its investment in 
Power Cube, an innovative new battery 
generator that works alongside our current 
power generation fleet and offers customers 
significant fuel savings, reductions in carbon 
footprint and the ability to remotely monitor 
energy usage. The Power Cube can be used 
on its own or in conjunction with a generator 
or mains supply, and can be supplied as 
road-towable, static or even with a solar 
panel. The use of batteries is a relatively 
new concept for power generation in the 
hire industry, but the Power Cube offers 
significant benefits over traditional lead-acid 
batteries and diesel generators. The gel 
batteries in the Power Cube have a high 
energy density which allows for the 
consumption of all stored energy, offer totally 
silent running and have a long life cycle.

GEOFF DRABBLE 
CHIEF ExECUTIvE 
16 June 2014 

SUZANNE WOOD
FINANCE DIRECTOR

Strategic report38 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT
DIRECTORS

CHRIS COLE
Non-executive chairman

GEOFF DRABBLE
Chief executive

SUZANNE WOOD
Finance director

Chris Cole has been a director since 
January 2002 and was appointed as 
non-executive chairman in March 2007. 
Chris is chairman of the Nomination 
Committee and a member of the Finance 
and Administration Committee. He is 
non-executive chairman of WSP Global Inc., 
a company formed from the merger of 
GENIVAR Inc. and WSP Group plc. Prior to 
the merger he was chief executive of WSP 
Group plc. He is also the non-executive 
chairman of Tracsis plc and Applus+ and 
senior independent director of Infinis 
Energy plc. 

Geoff Drabble was appointed as chief 
executive in January 2007, having served as 
chief executive designate from October 2006 
and as a non-executive director since 
April 2005. Geoff was previously an executive 
director of The Laird Group plc where he was 
responsible for its Building Products division. 
Prior to joining The Laird Group, he held a 
number of senior management positions at 
Black & Decker. Geoff is chairman of the 
Finance and Administration Committee and 
a member of the Nomination Committee. 

Suzanne Wood was appointed as a director 
in July 2012 and is a member of the Finance 
and Administration Committee. Suzanne 
joined Sunbelt as its chief financial officer 
in 2003. Suzanne is a qualified accountant, 
having trained with Price Waterhouse.  
She is a US citizen and lives in Charlotte, 
North Carolina but also maintains  
a London residence. 

OUR  
BOARD OF 
DIRECTORS

Details of the directors’ contracts, emoluments and share interests can  
be found in the Directors’ remuneration report.

Key:

 Audit Committee 
 Remuneration Committee  
 Nomination Committee 
 Finance and Administration Committee

MICHAEL BURROW
Independent non-executive director

Michael Burrow was appointed as a non-
executive director and member of the Audit, 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees 
effective from March 2007 and chairman of 
the Remuneration Committee in September 
2010. Michael was formerly managing 
director of the Investment Banking Group 
of Lehman Brothers Europe Limited. 

 
 
 
 
 
Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  39

BRENDAN HORGAN
Chief executive, Sunbelt

SAT DHAIWAL
Chief executive, A-Plant

HUGH ETHERIDGE
Senior independent non-executive director

Brendan Horgan was appointed chief 
executive of Sunbelt and a director in January 
2011. Brendan joined Sunbelt in 1996 and 
has held a number of senior management 
positions including chief sales officer and 
chief operating officer. Brendan is a US citizen 
and lives in Charlotte, North Carolina. 

Sat Dhaiwal has been chief executive of 
A-Plant and a director since March 2002. 
Sat was managing director of A-Plant East, 
one of A-Plant’s four operational regions, 
from May 1998 to March 2002. Before that 
he was an A-Plant trading director from 
1995 and, prior to 1995, managed one of 
A-Plant’s stores. 

Hugh Etheridge has been a director, chairman 
of the Audit Committee and a member of the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees 
since January 2004. He was appointed as 
senior independent non-executive director 
in March 2007. Hugh is chairman of William 
Sinclair Holdings plc. He was formerly chief 
financial officer of the Waste and Resources 
Action Programme (‘WRAP’), a non-profit 
organisation established by the UK 
Government to promote sustainable waste 
management. Before joining WRAP, he was 
finance director of Waste Recycling Group plc 
and prior to that, of Matthew Clark plc. Hugh 
will be retiring as a director on 30 June 2014. 

BRUCE EDWARDS
Independent non-executive director

IAN SUTCLIFFE
Independent non-executive director

WAYNE EDMUNDS
Independent non-executive director

Bruce Edwards was appointed as a 
non-executive director in June 2007 and 
a member of the Nomination Committee 
and Remuneration Committee effective 
from February 2009 and September 2010 
respectively. Bruce was formerly the global 
chief executive officer for Exel Supply Chain 
at Deutsche Post World Net. Bruce is also 
a non-executive director of Greif Inc., 
a NYSE-listed packaging and container 
manufacturer. Bruce is a US citizen and 
lives in Columbus, Ohio. 

Ian Sutcliffe was appointed as a non-
executive director and member of the Audit, 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees 
in September 2010. Following the retirement 
of Hugh Etheridge, Ian will be appointed as 
senior independent non-executive director 
with effect from 1 July 2014. Ian is the 
executive chairman of Countryside Properties 
plc. He was formerly chief executive officer 
of Keepmoat and managing director, UK 
Property, at Segro plc. Prior to joining 
Segro he held senior executive positions with 
Taylor Wimpey plc and Royal Dutch Shell plc. 

Wayne Edmunds was appointed as a 
non-executive director and member of the 
Audit Committee in February 2014. Wayne 
will become chairman of the Audit Committee 
and a member of the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees with effect from 
1 July 2014. He was formerly chief executive 
officer of Invensys plc. Wayne is a US citizen 
and lives in New Jersey but also maintains 
a London residence. 

Directors’ report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

CORPORATE GOvERNANCE REPORT

CHRIS COLE
CHAIRMAN 

Dear Shareholder
Your Board is committed to maintaining 
high standards of corporate governance. We 
recognise that good governance is essential 
in assisting the business manage its risk, 
deliver its strategy, generate shareholder 
value and safeguard shareholders’ long-term 
interests. The Company is subject to the UK 
Corporate Governance Code published by 
the Financial Reporting Council (‘the Code’), 
copies of which are publicly available at  
www.frc.org.uk. As Ashtead continues to 
grow, I will ensure the governance regime 
remains appropriately robust. The Board is 
accountable to the Company’s shareholders 
for corporate governance and I, as chairman, 
am responsible for ensuring the Board 
operates effectively. I am pleased to introduce 
the corporate governance report for 2013/14. 
This report details the matters addressed by 
the Board and its committees during the year.

BOARD COMPOSITION AND DIvERSITY
Each member of our Board must be able 
to demonstrate the skills, experience and 
knowledge required to contribute to the 
effectiveness of the Board. It is also 
important that we address issues of diversity 
in terms of skills, geographical experience 
relevant to our business and gender. I believe 
the Board is appropriately balanced in terms 
of diversity with a good mix of specialist skills 
and market expertise.

Following the retirement of Hugh Etheridge 
on 30 June 2014, Ian Sutcliffe will be 
appointed as senior independent non-
executive director on 1 July 2014.

Wayne Edmunds was appointed to the Board 
as an independent non-executive director 
on 10 February 2014 and will be appointed 
chairman of the Audit Committee and a 
member of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committees with effect from 1 July 2014.

AREAS OF BOARD FOCUS
During the past year the Board has paid 
particular attention to the following 
important areas:

•  continuing to develop and promote 

corporate responsibility throughout 
the business;

BOARD EFFECTIvENESS REvIEW
The performance of the chairman, chief 
executive, the Board and its committees is 
evaluated against, amongst other things, 
their respective role profiles and terms 
of reference. The executive directors are 
evaluated additionally against the agreed 
budget for the generation of revenue, 
profit and value to shareholders.

Following last year’s external performance 
evaluation, this year’s evaluation was 
conducted by way of a questionnaire 
completed by all directors, the results 
of which were collated by the company 
secretary and presented to the entire 
Board. Based on this evaluation, the Board 
concluded that performance in the past year 
had been satisfactory.

•  assessing the effectiveness of our 

health and safety practices and monitoring 
across the Group, and identifying areas 
for improvement;

In accordance with the Code, it is the Board’s 
intention to have its and its committees’ 
performance evaluation conducted by an 
external third party every three years.

•  evaluating our robust operating model 
and structure to ensure they remain fit 
for purpose as Ashtead grows and 
markets change;

•  continuing review of the effectiveness 

of our capital structure as the economic 
environment changes;

•  an ongoing evaluation of the efficacy of 
our strategy and the degree to which it 
remains appropriate as markets and 
opportunities change;

•  ensuring our key management resource 
remains motivated and appropriately 
rewarded;

•  succession planning and ongoing senior 

recruitment; and

•  reviewing Board priorities and activities 

in line with our risk and ethics 
management regime.

COMPLIANCE
We endeavour to monitor and comply with 
ongoing changes in corporate governance 
and evolving best practice in this area. The 
Company complied throughout the year with 
the provisions of the Code and I am pleased to 
confirm this report provides a fair, balanced 
and understandable view of the Group’s 
position and prospects.

CHRIS COLE
CHAIRMAN

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  41

ATTENDANCE AT BOARD AND COMMITTEE MEETINGS HELD BETWEEN  
1 MAY 2013 AND 30 APRIL 2014

Number of meetings held
Chris Cole
Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood
Michael Burrow
Bruce Edwards
Wayne Edmunds*
Hugh Etheridge
Ian Sutcliffe

Board
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
2
6
6

Audit Remuneration Nomination
2
2
–
2
–
–
2
2
–
2
2

5
–
–
–
–
–
5
4
–
5
5

5
–
–
–
–
–
5
–
1
5
5

*  Wayne Edmunds was appointed as a director on 10 February 2014 since when there were two Board meetings and one 

Audit Committee meeting.

MATTERS RESERvED TO THE BOARD

The schedule of matters reserved to the 
Board for decision includes:

•  treasury policy;

•  acquisitions and disposals;

•  appointment and removal of directors 

or the company secretary;

•  appointment and removal of the auditor;

•  approval of the annual accounts 

and the quarterly financial reports 
to shareholders;

•  approval of the issue of shares  

and debentures;

•  the setting of dividend policy; and

•  the buy-back of shares.

direction and management of the day-to-day 
business and conduct of the Group. In doing 
so, the chief executive’s role includes, 
but is not restricted to, implementing 
Board decisions, delegating responsibility, 
and reporting to the Board regarding the 
conduct, activities and performance of the 
Group. The chief executive chairs the 
Sunbelt and A-Plant board meetings and 
sets policies and direction to maximise 
returns to shareholders.

All directors are responsible under the law 
for the proper conduct of the Company’s 
affairs. The directors are also responsible 
for ensuring that the strategies proposed 
by the executive directors are discussed 
in detail and assessed critically to ensure 
they are aligned with the long-term interests 
of shareholders and are compatible with 
the interests of employees, customers 
and suppliers.

Regular reports and briefings are provided 
to the Board, by the executive directors and 
the company secretary, to ensure the 
directors are suitably briefed to fulfil their 
roles. The Board normally meets six times 
a year and there is contact between meetings 
to advance the Company’s activities. It is the 
Board’s usual practice to meet regularly with 
the senior executives of Sunbelt and A-Plant. 
The directors also have access to the company 
secretary and are able to seek independent 
advice at the Company’s expense.

The directors will retire at this year’s Annual 
General Meeting and will offer themselves 
for election or re-election in accordance with 
the Code.

There is a schedule of matters reserved to 
the Board for decision. Other matters are 
delegated to Board committees, details of 
which are given on pages 44, 45 and 58.

The Board
The Company’s Board comprises the 
non-executive chairman, the chief executive, 
the finance director, the executive heads of 
Sunbelt and A-Plant, the senior independent 
non-executive director and ordinarily three 
other independent non-executive directors. 
Short biographies of the directors are given 
on pages 38 and 39.

The chairman undertakes leadership of 
the Board by agreeing Board agendas and 
ensures its effectiveness by requiring the 
provision of timely, accurate and clear 
information on all aspects of the Group’s 
business, to enable the Board to take sound 
decisions and promote the success of the 
business. The chairman, assisted by other 
directors, reviews the effectiveness of each 
member of the Board no less than annually 
and facilitates constructive relationships 
between the executive and non-executive 
directors through both formal and 
informal meetings.

The chairman ensures that all directors are 
briefed properly to enable them to discharge 
their duties effectively. All newly appointed 
directors undertake an induction to all parts 
of the Group’s business. Additionally, detailed 
management accounts are sent monthly to 
all Board members and, in advance of all 
Board meetings, an agenda and appropriate 
documentation in respect of each item to 
be discussed is circulated.

The chairman facilitates effective 
communication with shareholders through 
both the annual general meeting and by being 
available to meet with major shareholders, 
to develop an understanding of the views of 
the investors in the business. He also ensures 
that shareholders have access to other 
directors, including non-executive directors, 
as appropriate.

The chief executive’s role is to provide 
entrepreneurial leadership of the Group 
within a framework of prudent and effective 
controls, which enables risk to be assessed 
and managed. The chief executive undertakes 
the leadership and responsibility for the 

Directors’ report 
42 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

CORPORATE GOvERNANCE REPORT cOnTInUEd

SUMMARY OF THE BOARD’S  
WORK DURING THE YEAR
During the year, the Board considered all 
matters reserved to the Board for decision, 
focusing in particular on the following:

•  Adoption of the 2014/15 budget

•  Review of operations, current trading 

and outlook

•  Approval of the quarterly financial 

statements

•  Approval of the annual report and accounts

•  Approval of the AGM resolutions

•  Dividend policy

•  Investor relations

•  Treasury policy

•  Issue of $400m of additional notes 

under the Group’s second priority senior 
secured notes

•  An upsizing of the Group’s asset backed 

loan facility to $2.0bn

•  Review of the work of the Group’s 

Risk Committee

•  Review and approval of the Group’s 

risk register

•  Growth and acquisition strategy

•  Various acquisitions, including Contractors’ 

Equipment Company and Shamrock 
Equipment Rental in the US and Accession 
Group Limited in the UK

•  The appointment of a new non-executive 

director

•  The recommendations of the 
Remuneration Committee

Non-executive directors
In the recruitment of non-executive directors, 
it is the Company’s practice to utilise the 
services of an external search consultancy. 
This was the case with the selection of Wayne 
Edmunds who was engaged following an 
extensive search for an individual with 
relevant financial and operational experience. 
Before appointment, non-executive directors 
are required to assure the Board that they 
can give the time commitment necessary to 
fulfil properly their duties, both in terms of 
availability to attend meetings and discuss 
matters on the telephone and meeting 
preparation time. The non-executives’ letters 
of appointment will be available for inspection 
at the Annual General Meeting. The approval 
of the chairman is required before a non-
executive can take on other non-executive 
director roles.

The non-executive directors (including the 
chairman) meet as and when required in the 
absence of the executive directors to discuss 
and appraise the performance of the Board as 
a whole and the performance of the executive 
directors. In accordance with the Code, the 
non-executive directors, led by the senior 
independent non-executive director, also 
meet at least annually in the absence of 
the chairman to discuss and appraise his 
performance.

Non-executive directors are appointed for 
specified terms not exceeding three years and 
are subject to re-election and the provisions 
of the Companies Act 2006 relating to the 
removal of a director.

TENURE OF NON-ExECUTIvE  
DIRECTORS (YEARS)

4

12

7

7

10

Chris Cole
Hugh Etheridge*
Michael Burrow
Bruce Edwards
Ian Sutcliffe
Wayne Edmunds – just appointed

*  Hugh Etheridge will be retiring as a non-executive 

director on 30 June 2014.

Board committees
The Board has standing Audit, Nomination 
and Remuneration Committees. The 
membership roles and activities of the Audit 
and Nomination Committees are detailed 
on pages 43 to 45 and the Remuneration 
Committee in the separate report on  
pages 46 to 58.

Each committee reports to, and has its terms 
of reference agreed by, the Board. The terms 
of reference of these committees are 
available on our website and will be available 
for inspection at the Annual General Meeting.

FINANCE AND ADMINISTRATION 
COMMITTEE
The Finance and Administration Committee 
comprises Chris Cole, Geoff Drabble 
(chairman) and Suzanne Wood. The Board 
of directors has delegated authority to this 
committee to deal with routine financial 
and administrative matters between 
Board meetings. The Committee meets as 
necessary to perform its role and has a 
quorum requirement of two members with 
certain matters requiring the participation 
of Chris Cole, non-executive chairman, 
including, for example, the approval of 
material announcements to the London 
Stock Exchange.

Internal control
The directors acknowledge their responsibility 
for the Group’s system of internal control and 
confirm they have reviewed its effectiveness. 
In doing so, the Group has taken note of the 
relevant guidance for directors, published 
by the Financial Reporting Council, ‘Internal 
Control: Guidance to Directors’.

The Board confirms that there is a process 
for identifying, evaluating and managing 
significant risks faced by the Group. This 
process has been in place for the full financial 
year and is ongoing. Under its terms of 
reference the Group Risk Committee meets 
semi-annually or more frequently if required, 
with the objective of encouraging best risk 
management practice across the Group and a 
culture of regulatory compliance and ethical 
behaviour. The Group Risk Committee reports 
annually to the Audit Committee.

The Board considers that the Group’s internal 
control system is designed appropriately to 
manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of 
failure to achieve its business objectives. 
Any such control system, however, can 
only provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement 
or loss.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  43

The Group reviews the risks it faces in its 
business and how these risks are managed. 
These reviews are conducted in conjunction 
with the management teams of each of the 
Group’s businesses and are documented in an 
annual report. The reviews consider whether 
any matters have arisen since the last report 
was prepared which might indicate omissions 
or inadequacies in that assessment. It also 
considers whether, as a result of changes in 
either the internal or external environment, 
any new significant risks have arisen. The 
Group Risk Committee reviewed the draft 
report for 2014, which was then presented to, 
discussed by the Audit Committee on 19 May 
2014 and approved by the Audit Committee 
and the Group Board on 12 June 2014.

Before producing the statement on internal 
control for the Annual Report and Accounts 
for the year ended 30 April 2014, the Board 
reconsidered the operational effectiveness 
of the Group’s internal control systems. 
In particular, through the Audit Committee, 
it received reports from the operational audit 
teams and considered the internal control 
improvement recommendations made by the 
Group’s internal auditors and its external 
auditor and management’s implementation 
plans. The control system includes written 
policies and control procedures, clearly 
drawn lines of accountability and delegation 
of authority, and comprehensive reporting 
and analysis against budgets and 
latest forecasts.

In a group of the size, complexity and 
geographical diversity of Ashtead, minor 
breakdowns in established control 
procedures can occur. There are supporting 
policies and procedures for investigation and 
management of control breakdowns at any of 
the Group’s stores or elsewhere. The Audit 
Committee also meets regularly with the 
external auditor to discuss their work.

In relation to internal financial control, 
the Group’s control and monitoring 
procedures include:

•  the maintenance and production of 

accurate and timely financial management 
information, including a monthly profit and 
loss account and selected balance sheet 
data for each store;

•  the control of key financial risks through 
clearly laid down authority levels and 
proper segregation of accounting duties 
at the Group’s accounting support centres;

•  the preparation of a monthly financial 

report to the Board;

•  the preparation of an annual budget and 
periodic update forecasts which are 
reviewed by the executive directors and 
then by the Board;

•  a programme of rental equipment 

inventories and full inventory counts 
conducted at each store by equipment 
type and independently checked on a 
sample basis by our operational auditors 
and external auditor;

•  detailed internal audits at the Group’s 
major accounting centres undertaken 
periodically by internal audit specialists 
from a major international accounting firm;

•  comprehensive audits at the stores 

generally carried out every two years by 
internal operational audit. A summary 
of this work is provided annually to the 
Audit Committee; and

•  whistle-blowing procedures by which 

staff may, in confidence, raise concerns 
about possible improprieties or breaches 
of company policy or procedure.

Audit Committee
INTRODUCTION BY HUGH ETHERIDGE, 
AUDIT COMMITTEE CHAIRMAN
I am pleased to introduce the report of the 
Audit Committee for 2013/14.

The Committee assists the Board in 
discharging its responsibility for oversight 
and monitoring of financial reporting, 
risk management and internal control. 
As chairman of the Committee, it is my 
responsibility to ensure that the Committee 
fulfils its responsibilities in a rigorous and 
effective manner. The Committee’s agenda is 
designed, in conjunction with the Board’s, to 
ensure that all significant areas of risk are 
covered and to enable it to provide timely 
input to Board deliberations.

Last year, following publication of the new UK 
Corporate Governance Code in September 
2012 (‘the Code’), we sought to provide more 
insight into the matters considered by the 
Committee during the year. This year we have 
provided further information which I believe 
will give shareholders the assurance that the 
control environment of the Company is being 
appropriately monitored and controlled.

I am satisfied that the Committee was 
provided with good quality and timely 
material to allow proper consideration to be 
given to the topics under review. I am also 
satisfied that the meetings were scheduled 
to allow sufficient time to ensure all matters 
were considered fully. In addition, we 

reviewed our policy on non-audit services 
which we concluded remained appropriate 
although we amended the level at which 
pre-approval of services is required by the 
Committee chairman and the Committee.

One of the principles introduced in the Code is 
the one that the Board should present a fair, 
balanced and understandable assessment 
of the Company’s position and prospects 
through its financial reporting. We have 
always sought to ensure our financial and 
other external reporting is fair, balanced and 
understandable. However, with this more 
formal reporting obligation, the Committee 
has kept this principle at the forefront of its 
thought process as it has reviewed all the 
Company’s financial reports in advance of 
publication and is satisfied that they provide a 
fair, balanced and understandable assessment 
of the Company’s position and prospects.

In February this year, Wayne Edmunds joined 
the Committee on his appointment to the 
Board. He was selected based on his strong 
financial experience and will assume my role 
as chairman of the Committee with effect 
from 1 July 2014.

HUGH ETHERIDGE
CHAIRMAN OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE
The Committee is comprised of independent 
non-executive directors, biographical details 
of which are set out on pages 38 and 39. 
The members of the Committee during the 
year were:

Chairman

Hugh Etheridge 
Michael Burrow
Wayne Edmunds (appointed 10 February 2014)
Ian Sutcliffe

Hugh Etheridge and Wayne Edmunds have 
relevant and recent financial experience. 
Hugh Etheridge retires from the Board at the 
end of June and will be replaced as chairman 
of the Committee by Wayne Edmunds. 
Eric Watkins is secretary to the Committee. 
Chris Cole, Geoff Drabble, Suzanne Wood, 
and the Group’s deputy finance director 
generally attend meetings by invitation. 
In addition, the Group audit partner from 
our external auditor usually attends the 
Committee meetings.

The Audit Committee’s terms of reference 
will be available for inspection at the Annual 
General Meeting.

Directors’ report 
44 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

CORPORATE GOvERNANCE REPORT cOnTInUEd

MAIN RESPONSIBILITIES  
OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE

The Audit Committee assists the Board 
in its oversight and monitoring of 
financial reporting, risk management 
and internal controls.

The principal responsibilities of the 
Committee are to:

•  monitor the integrity of the annual and 
quarterly results, including a review 
of the significant financial reporting 
judgements contained therein;

•  establish and oversee the Company’s 

relationship with the external  
auditor, including the external audit 
process, their audit and non-audit  
fees and independence and make 
recommendations to the Board on the 
appointment of the external auditor;

•  review and assess the effectiveness 
of the Company’s internal financial 
controls and internal control and risk 
management systems;

•  oversee the nature, scope and 

effectiveness of the internal audit 
work undertaken; and

•  monitor the Company’s policies and 
procedures for handling allegations 
from whistle-blowers.

The Committee reports to the Board on 
its activities and minutes of meetings 
are available to the Board.

SUMMARY OF THE COMMITTEE’S WORK 
DURING THE YEAR
The Committee met on five occasions during 
the year. Meetings are scheduled to coincide 
with our financial reporting cycle, with four 
regular meetings scheduled prior to our 
quarterly, half-year and annual results 
announcements. An additional meeting was 
held in May this year to facilitate the handover 
from Hugh Etheridge to Wayne Edmunds as 
chair of the Committee. The Group audit 
partner from Deloitte attends all meetings 
of the Committee and reports formally at 
three of these meetings.

A similar process is undertaken at each 
reporting date whereby the Committee 
receives a paper from management which 
comments on the principal balances in the 
financial statements and discusses any 
matters of a financial reporting nature arising 
since the last meeting. In addition, we receive 
reports from Deloitte at three of the 

meetings. The first, in December, contains the 
results of Deloitte’s review of our half-year 
results. The half-year review forms part of 
Deloitte’s planning for the annual audit, and 
their full audit plan and proposed audit fee 
is presented to the February meeting of the 
Committee. Deloitte’s final report of the 
year is at the June committee meeting 
when we review the draft annual report. 
Their report contains the findings from their 
audit work, including comments on the draft 
annual report.

Integrity of financial reporting
We reviewed the integrity of the quarterly and 
annual financial statements of the Company. 
This included the review and discussion of 
papers prepared by management and took 
account of the views of the external auditors. 
The key areas reviewed in the current year 
are set out below.

Carrying value of rental fleet
Management undertakes an annual review 
of the appropriateness of the useful lives and 
residual values assigned to property, plant 
and equipment and assesses whether they 
continue to be appropriate and whether there 
are any indications of impairment. We are 
satisfied that the judgements taken are 
appropriate and consistent with prior years.

Accounting for acquisitions
The Group made a number of small 
acquisitions during the year. We reviewed the 
accounting for these acquisitions, including 
the identification of acquired intangible assets 
which relate predominantly to customer 
relationships. Under the terms of the 
acquisition of Eve, deferred consideration of 
up to £7m was payable based on increased 
earnings targets. The Group’s initial 
assessment was that this would be paid in 
full. However, based on performance in the 
year following acquisition, £2.8m became due 
and was paid in May. The balance of £4.2m 
has been recorded in the income statement 
in accordance with IFRS 3.

Going concern
We reviewed the appropriateness of the going 
concern assumption in preparing the financial 
statements. We reviewed a paper prepared by 
management which considered the Group’s 
internal budgets and forecasts of future 
performance, available financing facilities 
and facility headroom. Taking account of 
reasonably possible changes in trading 
performance, used equipment values and 
other factors that might affect availability, 
the Group expects to maintain significant 
headroom under the ABL facility for the 
forthcoming year.

We are satisfied that the going concern basis 
of preparation continues to be appropriate 
in preparing the financial statements.

Goodwill impairment review
The Group undertakes a formal goodwill 
impairment review as at 30 April each year. 
This is based on the latest approved budget 
and three-year plan for Sunbelt and A-Plant. 
We reviewed this assessment and are 
satisfied that there is no impairment of the 
carrying value of goodwill in either Sunbelt 
or A-Plant.

External audit effectiveness
The Committee conducted an assessment 
of the effectiveness of the audit of the 2014 
financial statements, based on its own 
experience and drawing on input from senior 
corporate management and senior finance 
management at Sunbelt and A-Plant. 
The review was based on questionnaires 
completed by the members of the Committee 
and senior management. The questionnaires 
focused on the quality and experience of the 
team assigned to the audit, the robustness 
of the audit process, the quality of delivery 
and communication and governance and 
independence of the audit firm. The review 
process identified areas where the audit 
process had improved over the prior year 
and certain areas where we believe further 
improvement can be achieved. These areas 
will be considered during the course of 
preparation for the audit of the 2015 financial 
statements. Overall, the Committee is 
satisfied that the audit process and strategy 
for the audit of the 2014 financial statements 
was effective.

Non-audit services and external auditor 
independence
The Committee has reviewed its policy on 
non-audit services during the year. The 
Committee concluded that the policy remains 
appropriate although it amended the level at 
which pre-approval is required. As a result, 
any engagement where the fee is expected 
to exceed £75,000 but be less than £150,000, 
should be pre-approved by the Committee 
chairman. If the fee is expected to exceed 
£150,000, the engagement must be pre-
approved by the Committee. It is accepted 
that certain work of a non-audit nature is 
best undertaken by the external auditor, 
for example, in connection with our debt issue 
in December 2013. Each year we review the 
level of fees and nature of non-audit work 
undertaken and we were again satisfied that it 
was in line with our policy and did not detract 
from the objectivity and independence of the 
external auditor. The principal non-audit fees 
paid to the Company’s auditor, Deloitte LLP, 

 
Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  45

for the year relate to their review of the 
Company’s interim results, comfort letters 
related to our December 2013 debt issue and 
due diligence support. Details of the fees 
payable to the external auditor are given 
in Note 4 to the financial statements.

Reappointment of external auditor
Deloitte was appointed external auditor in 
2004. The external auditor is required to 
rotate the audit partner responsible for the 
Group audit every five years and this year is 
the current lead audit partner’s first year. 
The Committee considers the re-appointment 
of the external auditor each year and is 
recommending to the Board that a proposal 
be put to shareholders at the 2014 Annual 
General Meeting for the re-appointment of 
Deloitte. There are no contractual restrictions 
on the Company’s choice of external auditor 
and in making its recommendation the 
Committee took into account, amongst 
other matters, the tenure, objectivity and 
independence of Deloitte, as noted above, 
and its continuing effectiveness and cost. 
The Committee is monitoring the proposed 
legislative changes on audit tendering and 
rotation from the European Union and the 
Competition Commission and will implement 
them when they become final. As a result 
of these proposed changes, the Financial 
Reporting Council (‘FRC’) has indicated 
its intention to withdraw the tendering 
provisions included within the Code. Under 
the transitional provisions suggested by the 
FRC, we would not have been required to 
undertake a formal tender process until 2018. 
The Committee will continue to review 
annually the need to tender the audit due 
to quality, effectiveness or independence 
reasons and will decide when a tender 
process would be sensible from a company 
and shareholder perspective.

Financial control and risk management
The Company’s objective is to maintain a 
strong control environment which minimises 
the financial risk faced by the business. It is 
the Committee’s responsibility to review and 
assess the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal financial controls and internal control 
and risk management factors.

The Committee receives regular reports 
from internal operational audit, outsourced 
internal audit and the Group Risk Committee. 
The Group’s risk management processes 
are an area of focus as they adapt to reflect 
changes to our risk profile as a result of our 
significant growth, both organic and through 
bolt-on acquisitions.

Internal audit
The internal operational audit teams in the 
two businesses undertake operational audits 
across the store network using a risk based 
methodology. Each year we agree the scope 
of work and the coverage in the audit plan 
at the start of the year and receive formal 
reports on the results of the work at the half 
year and full year. During the year 289 audits 
were completed, which is consistent with our 
goal for each of our nearly 600 stores to 
receive an audit visit at least once every two 
years. The audits are scored and action plans 
agreed with store management to remedy 
identified weaknesses. This continual process 
of reinforcement is key to the store level 
control environment.

In addition, we engage a major international 
accounting firm to perform detailed internal 
audits at the Group’s major support centres 
periodically. The last review was undertaken 
in 2012/13 and we have ensured that the 
improvement actions agreed by management 
have been implemented.

Whistle-blowing
There are policies and procedures in place 
whereby staff may, in confidence, report 
concerns about possible improprieties or 
breaches of Company policy or procedure. 
These suspicions are investigated and the 
results of the investigation are reported to the 
whistle-blower. The Committee receives a 
report from the company secretary on control 
issues arising from whistle-blowing as well 
as from other sources.

Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee meets as and 
when required to consider the structure size 
and composition of the Board of directors. 
The Committee’s primary focus during the 
year remained succession planning and, 
in particular, the orderly replacement of 
the long-serving non-executive directors.

The only change to the Board during the year 
was the appointment of Wayne Edmunds. 
Wayne is replacing Hugh Etheridge who 
retires from the Board on 30 June 2014 after 
ten years’ service.

The Committee also recommended to the 
Board that Ian Sutcliffe, who has served as 
a non-executive director for three years, 
be reappointed for a further term of 
three years.

Chairman

MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE
Chris Cole 
Michael Burrow
Geoff Drabble
Bruce Edwards
Hugh Etheridge
Ian Sutcliffe 

Eric Watkins is secretary to the Committee.

MAIN RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE

The principal duties of the Committee are 
making recommendations to the Board on:

•  the Board’s structure, size, composition 

and balance;

•  the appointment, reappointment, 
retirement or continuation of any 
director; and

•  the continuation of any non-executive 
director who has served for a period 
of three years or more.

The Nomination Committee’s terms of 
reference will be available for inspection 
at the Annual General Meeting.

SUMMARY OF THE COMMITTEE’S WORK 
DURING THE YEAR
The Committee met twice during the year  
and the principal matters discussed were:

•  succession planning;

•  the review of the Committee’s terms  

of reference;

•  the reappointment of Ian Sutcliffe; and

•  the appointment of Wayne Edmunds.

By order of the Board 

ERIC WATKINS
COMPANY SECRETARY
16 June 2014

Directors’ report 
 
46 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

REMUNERATION REPORT

The Deferred Bonus Plan, which was 
introduced in 2011 following consultation 
with shareholders, is coming to the end of 
its first three-year period. The Committee 
believes that this plan has worked well in 
incentivising executives to deliver stretching 
annual financial performance while aligning 
short-term and long-term reward. The 
second three-year plan period commenced 
in May of this year. The only significant change 
is the alignment of the chief executive’s bonus 
deferral with those of the other executive 
participants at one-third.

I wrote to larger shareholders notifying 
them of the changes to the chief executive’s 
remuneration package and the proposed 
increase in the maximum award under 
the new Performance Share Plan during 
the year. In addition, we have increased 
the shareholding requirement for the 
chief executive to 200% of base salary.

The Committee believes that the 
Remuneration Policy articulated on pages 
47 to 52 are in the best long-term interests 
of the Company and all of its stakeholders. 

MICHAEL BURROW
CHAIRMAN OF THE  
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

MICHAEL BURROW
CHAIRMAN OF THE 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE 

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
remuneration report for the year ended 
30 April 2014.

We restructured our report last year ahead 
of the new regulations from the Department 
for Business, Innovation and Skills for 
remuneration reporting applicable from 
30 September 2013, and are fully compliant 
this year. The report also meets the relevant 
requirements of the Listing Rules of the 
Financial Conduct Authority and describes 
how the Board has applied the Principles 
of Good Governance relating to directors’ 
remuneration.

As you can see from the rest of the 
Annual Report and Accounts, performance 
throughout the year has again been extremely 
strong with the business continuing to grow 
its market share whilst at the same time 
improving margins in both the US and the UK. 
We are delighted that this performance has 
been reflected in the increase in the Group’s 
share price which enabled it to enter the 
FTSE 100 on 23 December 2013 for the first 
time in its history. This coupled with yet 
another record dividend this year has provided 
very strong total shareholder returns.

The Committee considers that the Group’s 
chief executive, ably supported by his 
executive team, has been the architect of the 
strategy that has delivered such exceptional 
growth and a sixteen-fold increase in 
shareholder value over the last six years and 
that he should be suitably rewarded for his 
efforts. It will be seen that the Group’s policy 
is, subject to appropriate performance, to pay 
a base salary commensurate with a business 
of our size and complexity. As I stated last 
year some of our executives’ salaries were 
below those of their peers and we have 
addressed that issue this year. With effect 
from 1 May 2014 we have increased base 
salaries for Group and Sunbelt employees 
between 3% and 10%. A-Plant’s salaries 
are scheduled to be reviewed in November. 
The salary of the chief executive has been 
increased by 20% from that date reflecting 
his contribution to the growth and maturity 
of the business.

The Committee believes that the Group’s 
Performance Share Plan has worked well for 
both shareholders and participants and the 
more balanced and holistic approach has 
aligned our long-term incentive plan even 
more closely with shareholder interests. 
The current plan will come to the end of its 
ten-year life in September this year and a new 
Performance Share Plan will be proposed 
to shareholders at our forthcoming annual 
general meeting. Details of the new plan 
appear in the Notice of Annual General 
Meeting which shareholders have now 
received. The Committee is proposing 
essentially the same plan that it believes has 
operated successfully for the last ten years 
with the only significant change being the 
increase of the maximum award to 200% of 
base salary. This increased maximum award 
will not be implemented until I have had the 
opportunity to consult with shareholders 
on both the performance targets and the 
quantum of awards.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  47

Introduction
This report has been prepared in accordance 
with the Listing Rules of the Financial 
Conduct Authority, the relevant sections 
of the Companies Act 2006 and The Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) 
Regulations 2013 (‘the Regulations’). 
It explains how the Board has applied the 
Principles of Good Governance relating to 
directors’ remuneration, as set out in the UK 
Corporate Governance Code. The Regulations 
require the auditor to report to the Company’s 
members on elements of the Remuneration 
report and to state whether, in their opinion, 
that part of the report has been properly 
prepared in accordance with the Companies 

Act 2006. The audited information is included 
on pages 52 to 56.

This report will be subject to two votes at 
the Annual General Meeting on 3 September 
2014 – a binding vote in relation to the 
Remuneration Policy below which, subject 
to shareholder approval, will take effect for 
three years from 4 September 2014, and an 
advisory vote in relation to the Annual Report 
on Remuneration (pages 52 to 58). In addition, 
there will be a vote to approve the reviewed 
and updated Performance Share Plan.

The aim of the Company’s remuneration 
policy (‘the Policy’) set out below is to reward 
executives for delivering a sustainable 
increase in shareholder value over a long 
period of time. 

Accordingly, we seek to:

•  set the total remuneration package at 

a level that is competitive in the markets 
in which we operate;

•  align executives’ interests with those 

of shareholders;

•  link a significant element of total 

remuneration to the achievement of 
stretching performance targets over the 
long term;

•  provide a total remuneration package that 
is balanced between fixed remuneration 
and variable, performance-based 
remuneration; and

•   enable recruitment and retention of high 
calibre executives without paying more 
than necessary to fill the role.

PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS  
AND ASSESSMENT

N/A

Remuneration policy
SUMMARY OF THE GROUP’S REMUNERATION POLICY

LINK TO STRATEGY

OPERATION

MAxIMUM POTENTIAL vALUE

BASE SALARY
The purpose of the base 
salary is to attract and retain 
directors of the high calibre 
needed to deliver the Group’s 
strategy without paying 
more than is necessary to fill 
the role.

The policy for salary is around 
the median level for comparable 
positions in relation to the 
comparator groups.

Increases will normally be in line 
with both the market and typical 
increases for other employees 
across the Group.

Details of the executive directors’ 
salaries, and any increases 
awarded will be set out in the 
statement of implementation 
of remuneration policy for the 
following financial year.

Ordinarily, base salary is set 
annually and is payable on a 
monthly basis.

An executive director’s basic 
salary is determined by the 
Committee. In deciding 
appropriate levels, the 
Committee considers the 
experience and performance 
of individuals and relationships 
across the Board and seeks to 
be competitive using information 
drawn from both internal and 
external sources and taking 
account of pay and conditions 
elsewhere in the Company.

The comparator group currently 
used to inform decisions on base 
salary is principally the FTSE 75 to 
125 as these organisations reflect 
the size and index positioning of 
the Company. The Committee 
intends to review the comparator 
group each year, to ensure this 
remains appropriate, and any 
changes would be disclosed to 
shareholders in setting out the 
operation of the remuneration 
policy for the subsequent year.

Individuals who are recruited or 
promoted to the Board may, on 
occasion, have their salaries set 
below the policy level until they 
become established in their 
role. In such cases subsequent 
increases in salary may be 
higher until the target positioning 
is achieved.

Directors’ report48 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

REMUNERATION REPORT cOnTInUEd

LINK TO STRATEGY

OPERATION

MAxIMUM POTENTIAL vALUE

PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS  
AND ASSESSMENT

BENEFITS
To provide competitive 
employment benefits.

PENSION
To provide a competitive 
retirement benefit.

DEFERRED BONUS PLAN 
(‘DBP’)
The purpose of the DBP is 
to incentivise executives to 
deliver stretching annual 
financial performance while 
aligning short-term and 
long-term reward through 
compulsory deferral of 
a proportion into share 
equivalents. This promotes 
the alignment of executive 
and shareholder interests.

The executive directors’ benefits 
will generally include medical 
insurance, life cover, car 
allowance and travel and 
accommodation allowances.

The type and level of benefits 
provided is reviewed periodically 
to ensure they remain market 
competitive.

The Company makes pension 
contributions (or pays a salary 
supplement in lieu of pension 
contributions) of between 5% and 
40% of an executive’s base salary.

The DBP runs for consecutive 
three-year periods with a 
significant proportion of any 
earned bonus being compulsorily 
deferred into share equivalents. 
Based on achievement of annual 
performance targets, participants 
receive two-thirds of the 
combined total of their earned 
bonus for the current year and 
the value of any share equivalent 
awards brought forward from the 
previous year at the then share 
price. The other one-third is 
compulsorily deferred into a new 
award of share equivalents 
evaluated at the then share price.

Deferred share equivalents are 
subject to 50% forfeiture for 
each subsequent year of the plan 
period where performance falls 
below the forfeiture threshold set 
by the Committee.

At the expiration of each three-
year period, participants will, 
subject to attainment of the 
performance conditions for that 
year, receive in cash their bonus 
for that year plus any brought 
forward deferral at its then value.

Dividend equivalents may be 
provided on deferred share 
equivalents.

The maximum will be set at the 
cost of providing the listed 
benefits.

N/A 

The maximum contribution  
is 40% of salary.

N/A

The maximum annual bonus 
opportunity under the DBP is 
200% of base salary.

Target performance earns 50% of 
the maximum bonus opportunity.

The current DBP performance 
conditions are:

•  Group underlying pre-tax 
profit for the Group chief 
executive and finance director.

•  Sunbelt underlying operating 
profit for the Sunbelt chief 
executive.

•  A-Plant underlying operating 
profit for the A-Plant chief 
executive.

Stretching financial targets are 
set by the Committee at the start 
of each financial year. 

The Company operates in a 
rapidly changing sector and 
therefore the Committee may 
change the balance of the 
measures, or use different 
measures for subsequent 
financial years, as appropriate.

The Committee has the 
discretion to adjust targets or 
weightings for any exceptional 
events that may occur during 
the year.

The Remuneration Committee 
is of the opinion that given the 
commercial sensitivity arising in 
relation to the detailed financial 
targets used for the DBP, 
disclosing precise targets for the 
bonus plan in advance would not 
be in shareholder interests. 
Actual targets, performance 
achieved and awards made will 
be published at the end of the 
performance periods so 
shareholders can fully assess 
the basis for any pay-outs under 
the plan.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  49

The maximum annual award 
which can be made under the 
new PSP scheme, which is 
subject to shareholder approval 
at the 2014 AGM, has a market 
value at the grant date of 200% 
of base salary.

At target performance 32.5% 
of the award vests.

In 2014/15 the award for the 
executive directors (excluding the 
Group chief executive) will be up 
to 125%. In 2014/15 the Group 
chief executive will receive an 
award of 150% of his base salary 
at the date of grant, in line with 
previous policy.

PERFORMANCE CONDITIONS  
AND ASSESSMENT

Awards are subject to continued 
employment and achievement of 
a range of balanced and holistic 
performance conditions that are 
maintained across the cycle. 
The current performance 
criteria are total shareholder 
return (40%), earnings per share 
(25%), return on investment 
(25%) and leverage (10%).

Awards vest on a pro rata basis 
as follows:

Total shareholder return –
median to upper quartile 
performance against an 
appropriate comparator group. 

Earnings per share –
compound growth of 6–12%  
per annum

Return on investment –
10–15%

Leverage –
less than, or equal to, 2.5 times

Minimum shareholding 
requirement:

N/A

•  Chief executive: 200% of salary

•  Other executive directors: 

100% of salary

LINK TO STRATEGY

OPERATION

MAxIMUM POTENTIAL vALUE

PERFORMANCE SHARE 
PLAN (‘PSP’)
The purpose of the PSP  
is to attract, retain and 
incentivise executives 
to optimise business 
performance through the 
economic cycle, and hence 
build a stronger underlying 
business with sustainable 
long-term shareholder 
value creation.

This is an inherently cyclical 
business with high capital 
requirements. The 
performance conditions 
have been chosen to ensure 
that there is an appropriate 
dynamic tension between 
growing earnings, delivering 
strong RoI, whilst 
maintaining leverage 
discipline.

SHAREHOLDING POLICY
Ensures a long-term 
locked-in alignment between 
the executive directors and 
shareholders.

PSP awards are granted annually 
and vesting is dependent on the 
achievement of performance 
conditions. Performance is 
measured over a three-year 
period.

The operation of the PSP is 
reviewed annually to ensure 
that grant levels, performance 
criteria and other features remain 
appropriate to the Company’s 
current circumstances.

Dividend equivalents may be 
provided on vested shares.

Malus provisions exist which 
enable the Committee to reduce 
or eliminate the number of shares 
subject to unvested awards in 
case of material misstatement of 
accounts or action or conduct of 
an award holder or award holders 
which in the reasonable opinion 
of the Board, amounts to fraud 
or gross misconduct.

The Committee requires the chief 
executive to build and maintain a 
material shareholding in the 
Company of at least two times 
base salary and any other 
executive directors to build and 
maintain a shareholding of at least 
one times base salary over a 
reasonable time frame, which 
would normally be five years.

The Committee has discretion 
to increase the shareholding 
requirement.

There were no changes to the remuneration policy during the year.

Notes to the policy table
(1)   In relation to the DBP, individual awards to directors are dependent on the most relevant measure of profit for the role which they perform, and thus over which they have the  
most direct influence. Profit is a key component of earnings per share, one of the Company’s key performance indicators and is considered the primary measure which aligns  
with shareholders’ interests.

(2)  In relation to the PSP:

a.   Total shareholder return measures the relative return from Ashtead against an appropriate comparator group, providing alignment with shareholders’ interests.
b.   Earnings per share is also a key measure ensuring sustainable profit generation over the longer term and is a measure which is aligned with shareholders’ interests.
c.   Return on investment is a key internal measure to ensure the effective use of capital in the business which is highly cyclical and with high capital requirements.
d.   The use of leverage alongside the other performance measures ensures there is an appropriate dynamic tension and balance in maintaining leverage discipline  

in a capital-intensive business.

Directors’ report 
 
 
 
50 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

REMUNERATION REPORT cOnTInUEd

Share-based incentives and dilution limits
The Company observes an overall dilution limit of 10% in 10 years for all company share schemes, together with a limit of 5% in 10 years for 
discretionary schemes.

REMUNERATION POLICY ON NEW HIRES
When hiring a new executive director, the Committee will seek to align the remuneration package with the remuneration policy summarised 
above. In addition, where the executive has to relocate, the level of relocation package will be assessed on a case by case basis. Although it 
is not the Committee’s policy to buy-out former incentive arrangements as a matter of course, it will consider compensating an incoming 
executive with like-kind incentive arrangements for foregone incentives with their previous employer, taking into account the length of the 
period they were held and an assessment of the likely vesting value. The Committee will ensure that such arrangements are in the best 
interests of both the Company and the shareholders without paying more than is necessary.

TOTAL REMUNERATION OPPORTUNITY
Our remuneration arrangements are designed so that a significant proportion of pay is dependent on the delivery of short and long-term 
objectives designed to create shareholder value.

The graphs below illustrate the potential future reward opportunity for each of the executive directors, based on the remuneration policy set 
out on pages 47 to 49 and the base salary at 1 May 2014. 

CHIEF ExECUTIvE – GEOFF DRABBLE (£’000)

FINANCE DIRECTOR – SUZANNE WOOD (£’000)

Minimum

Target

Maximum

66% 34% 974

34% 17%

33% 16%

1,927

20% 10%

40%

30%

3,216

Minimum

Target

Maximum

79% 21% 425

43% 11%

32% 14%

788

26% 7%

40%

27%

1,268

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

3,500

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

Salary        Pension and benefits        Annual bonus        PSP

Salary        Pension and benefits        Annual bonus        PSP

SUNBELT CHIEF ExECUTIvE – BRENDAN HORGAN (£’000)

A-PLANT CHIEF ExECUTIvE – SAT DHAIWAL (£’000)

Minimum

Target

Maximum

93% 7% 369

47% 3%

35% 15%

738

28% 2%

42%

28%

1,227

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

Minimum

Target

Maximum

79% 21% 304

43% 11%

32% 14%

562

26% 7%

200

400

40%

600

27%

904

800

1,000

Salary        Pension and benefits        Annual bonus        PSP

Salary        Pension and benefits        Annual bonus        PSP

In illustrating potential reward opportunities, the following assumptions have been made:

Minimum

Target
Maximum

BASE AND PENSION
Base salary, benefits and pension  
or cash in lieu of pension
As above
As above

DBP
No DBP award

PSP
No vesting

On target DBP award (50% of maximum)
Maximum DBP award

32.5% vesting
Full vesting

In all scenarios, the impact of share price movements on the value of PSPs and mandatory bonus deferrals into the DBP have been excluded.

SERvICE CONTRACTS
The Company’s policy is that executive directors have rolling contracts which are terminable by either party giving the other 12 months’ notice, 
which are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office. The service contracts for each of the executive directors all contain 
non-compete provisions appropriate to their roles.

POLICY ON PAYMENT FOR LOSS OF OFFICE
Upon the termination of employment of any executive director, any compensation will be determined in accordance with the relevant provisions 
of the director’s employment contract and the rules of any incentive scheme which are summarised opposite.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  51

ELEMENT

APPROACH

APPLICATION OF COMMITTEE DISCRETION

BASE  
SALARY  
AND  
BENEFITS

In the event of termination by the Company, there will be no compensation for loss 
of office due to misconduct or normal resignation.

The Committee has discretion to make 
a lump sum payment in lieu.

In other circumstances, executive directors may be entitled to receive 
compensation for loss of office which will be a maximum of twelve months’ salary.

Such payments will be equivalent to the monthly salary and benefits that the 
executive would have received if still in employment with the Company. Executive 
directors will be expected to mitigate their loss within a twelve month period of 
their departure from the Company.

PENSION

Pension contributions or payments in lieu of pension contribution will be made 
during the notice period. No additional payments will be made in respect of pension 
contributions for loss of office.

The Committee has discretion to make  
a lump sum payment in lieu.

DEFERRED  
BONUS  
PLAN

The treatment of the Deferred Bonus Plan is governed by the rules of the Plan.

Cessation of employment
If a participant ceases to be employed by a Group company for any reason an award 
that has not vested shall lapse unless the Committee in its absolute discretion 
determines otherwise for ‘good leaver’ reasons (including, but not limited to, injury, 
disability, ill health, retirement, redundancy or transfer of the business).

If the Committee determines that deferred awards held in a participant’s plan 
account shall not lapse on cessation of employment, all deferred awards held in the 
participant’s plan account shall vest immediately and the Committee shall determine:

(a)   whether the measurement date for that plan year is brought forward to the date 

of cessation or remains at the end of the plan year; and

(b)   whether a reduction is applied to the payment to take account of the proportion 

of the plan year elapsed and the contribution to the Group.

If the Committee determines that the measurement date is the date of cessation, 
the Committee shall pro-rate the performance conditions to the date of cessation.

Change of control
On a change of control, all deferred awards held in a participant’s plan account 
shall vest immediately and the Committee shall determine:

(a)   that the measurement date is the date of the change of control; and
(b)   whether a reduction is applied to the payment to take account of the proportion 

of the plan year elapsed and the participant’s contribution to the Group.

The Committee shall pro-rate the performance conditions to the measurement date. 

In the event of an internal reorganisation, the Committee may determine that 
awards are replaced by equivalent awards.

PSP

The treatment of awards is governed by the rules of the Plan.

Cessation of employment
If a participant ceases to be employed by a Group company for any reason an award 
that has not vested shall lapse unless the Committee in its absolute discretion 
determines otherwise for ‘good leaver’ reasons (including, but not limited to, injury, 
disability, ill health, retirement, redundancy or transfer of the business).

Where the participant is a good leaver, and at the discretion of the Committee, 
awards may continue until the normal time of vesting and with the performance 
target and any other conditions considered at the time of vesting. If the participant’s 
awards vest, the proportion of the awards which shall vest will be determined by 
the Committee in its absolute discretion taking into account such factors as the 
Committee may consider relevant including, but not limited to, the time the award 
has been held by the participant and having regard to the performance target and 
any further condition imposed under the rules of the Plan.

Alternatively, the Committee may decide that the award may vest on the date of 
cessation taking into account such factors as the Committee may consider relevant 
including, but not limited to, the time the award has been held by the participant and 
having regard to the performance target and any further condition imposed under 
the rules of the Plan.

Change of control
The proportion of the awards which shall vest will be determined by the Committee 
in its absolute discretion taking into account such factors as the Committee may 
consider relevant including, but not limited to, the time the award has been held  
by the participant and having regard to the performance target and any further 
condition imposed under the rules of the Plan.

The Committee has the discretion to 
determine that an executive director 
is a good leaver.

The Committee retains discretion to 
set the measurement date for the 
purposes of determining performance 
measurement and whether to pro-rate 
the contribution for that plan year. 

It should be noted that it is the 
Committee’s policy only to apply such 
discretions if the circumstances at the 
time are, in its opinion, sufficiently 
exceptional, and to provide a full 
explanation to shareholders where 
discretion is exercised.

The Committee retains discretion to 
pro-rate the contribution for that plan year. 

It is the Committee’s policy in normal 
circumstances to pro-rate to time; however, 
in exceptional circumstances where the 
nature of the transaction produces 
exceptional value for shareholders and 
provided the performance targets are met, 
the Committee will consider whether 
pro-rating is equitable.

The Committee has the discretion to 
determine that an executive director  
is a good leaver. 

The Committee retains discretion to set 
the vesting date. 

It should be noted that it is the 
Committee’s policy only to apply such 
discretions if the circumstances at the 
time are, in its opinion, sufficiently 
exceptional, and to provide a full 
explanation to shareholders where 
discretion is exercised.

It is the Committee’s policy to measure the 
level of satisfaction of performance targets 
on a change of control. It is the Committee’s 
policy in normal circumstances to pro-rate 
to time; however, in exceptional 
circumstances where the nature of the 
transaction produces exceptional value 
for shareholders and provided the 
performance targets are met the 
Committee will consider whether 
pro-rating is equitable.

Directors’ report52 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

REMUNERATION REPORT cOnTInUEd

There is no agreement between the Company and its directors or employees, providing for compensation for loss of office or employment that 
occurs because of a takeover bid. The Committee reserves the right to make additional payments where such payments are made in good faith 
in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation); or by way of settlement or compromise of 
any claim arising in connection with the termination of an executive director’s office or employment.

When determining any loss of office payment for a departing individual the Committee will always seek to minimise cost to the Company whilst 
seeking to address the circumstances at the time.

CONSIDERATION OF CONDITIONS ELSEWHERE IN THE COMPANY
The constituent parts of the senior management team’s remuneration package mirror those of the executives. The performance conditions 
attaching to PSP awards are common throughout the Company.

When considering executive compensation, the Committee is advised of, and takes into account, changes to the remuneration of employees 
elsewhere within the Company. The Committee does not consider it appropriate to consult with employees when determining executive 
remuneration.

REMUNERATION POLICY FOR NON-ExECUTIvE DIRECTORS
The remuneration of the non-executive directors is determined by the Board within limits set out in the Articles of Association. None of the 
non-executive directors has a service contract with the Company and their appointment is therefore terminable by the Board at any time.  
When recruiting a non-executive director, the remuneration arrangements offered will be in line with the policy table below:

APPROACH TO FEES
Fees are set at a level to attract and retain high calibre 
non-executive directors.
Fees are reviewed on a regular basis to ensure they reflect 
the time commitment required and practice in companies of 
a similar size and complexity.

BASIS OF FEES
Each non-executive director is paid a basic fee for undertaking 
non-executive director and board responsibilities.
Additional fees are paid to the chairman and the chairs of the audit 
and remuneration committees and the senior independent director.

CONSIDERATION OF SHAREHOLDER vIEWS
The Committee believes that it is important to maintain an open and transparent dialogue with shareholders on remuneration matters.

The Committee last consulted formally with major shareholders during 2011/12 with regards to the introduction of the Deferred Bonus Plan 
and the balanced scorecard approach for the Performance Share Plan. The views of shareholders were integral to the changes introduced.

The Committee sought the views of its major shareholders on the changes made to the base salary of the chief executive with effect from  
1 May 2014 and the deferred element under the DBP. The views expressed by the shareholders will be taken into account in any future 
decisions on base pay.

The Committee will be consulting with shareholders before implementing any increased awards to executives under the new PSP which 
is subject to shareholder approval at the forthcoming annual general meeting.

Looking forward, the Committee will continue to engage with shareholders regarding material changes to the application of the approved 
policy or proposed changes to the policy.

Annual report on remuneration
SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE FOR REMUNERATION (AUDITED INFORMATION)
Executive directors
The single figure for the total remuneration received by each executive director for the year ended 30 April 2014 and the prior year is shown  
in the table below:

Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood(vi)

Salary

2013
£’000
220
481
296
232
1,229

2014
£’000
230
534
324
307
1,395

Benefits(i)

Pension(ii)

Deferred
Bonus Plan(iii)

Annual
Performance

Bonus(iv)

2014
£’000
16
76
14
73
179

2013
£’000
16
73
20
47
156

2014
£’000
19
213
11
15
258

2013
£’000
45
193
12
12
262

2014
£’000
–
2,593
869
810
4,272

2013
£’000
–
1,079
539
492
2,110

2014
£’000
240
–
–
–
240

2013
£’000
220
–
–
–
220

2014
£’000
1,185
3,683
1,479
1,150
7,497

PSP(v)

Total

2013
£’000
1,506
4,684
1,154
848

2014
2013
£’000
£’000
1,690
2,007
7,099
6,510
2,697
2,021
2,355
1,631
8,192 13,841 12,169

(i)   Benefits include the taxable benefit of company owned cars, private medical insurance and subscriptions and other taxable allowances. Other taxable allowances include car, travel 

and accommodation allowances.

(ii)   Sat Dhaiwal was a contributory member of the Ashtead Group Retirement Benefits Plan until 31 March 2014. The Company has agreed a cash payment in lieu of pension 

contributions at 20% of salary. The amount shown above represents the increase in his accrued pension benefit calculated on the basis of the Regulations, plus one month’s 
payment in lieu of pension contributions. This methodology differs from that prescribed by the occupational transfer value regulations and so the figure differs from that shown 
in the pension section on page 53. The amount for Geoff Drabble represents a cash payment in lieu of pension contributions at 40% of salary. The amounts included for Brendan 
Horgan and Suzanne Wood represent the co-match under Sunbelt’s 401K defined contribution pension plan and 409A deferred compensation plan.

(iii)  Deferred Bonus Plan includes the cash received by each director from the DBP for 2013/14 performance as explained on page 48. This includes 100% of this year’s bonus and 100% 

of the brought forward deferred share equivalents for Geoff Drabble, Brendan Horgan and Suzanne Wood. 

(iv) Annual Performance Bonus represents the cash award under the Annual Performance Bonus plan for 2013/14 performance.
(v)   The PSP value is calculated as the number of shares vesting, valued at the market value of those shares, plus the payment in lieu of dividends paid during the vesting period. Market 
value is the market value on the day the awards vest (if they vest before the date the financial statements are approved) or the average market value for the last three months of the 
financial year (if the awards vest after the date the financial statements are approved). The 2011 award is expected to vest fully on 26 July 2014 and has been valued at an average 
market value of 891p for the three months ended 30 April 2014, plus 15.3p per share in lieu of dividends paid during the vesting period.

(vi) Suzanne Wood was appointed a director on 16 July 2012 and her salary, benefits and pension are included from that date.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  53

The significant value attributable to the PSP awards within the single total figure for remuneration reflects the significant appreciation of the 
share price since the awards were granted. This is illustrated as follows:

Sat
Dhaiwal

220

965

Brendan
Horgan

275

1,204

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

1,400

1,600

Performance element based on share price at date of grant.
Share price appreciation element since grant date plus cash in lieu of dividends.

Performance element based on share price at date of grant.
Share price appreciation element since grant date plus cash in lieu of dividends.

Geoff
Drabble

684

2,999

Suzanne
Wood

214

936

500

1,000

1,500

2,000

2,500

3,000

3,500

4,000

200

400

600

800

1,000

1,200

Performance element based on share price at date of grant.
Share price appreciation element since grant date plus cash in lieu of dividends.

Performance element based on share price at date of grant.
Share price appreciation element since grant date plus cash in lieu of dividends.

DIRECTORS’ PENSION BENEFITS (AUDITED INFORMATION)
In advance of the reduction in the lifetime allowance, the Company and Sat Dhaiwal agreed that his contributory membership of the Ashtead 
Group plc Retirement Benefits Plan (‘Retirement Benefits Plan’) would cease at the end of March 2014 and that the Company would, from 
April 2014, make a payment to him of 20% of base salary in lieu of the Company making any further pension contributions. The accrued 
benefits at 30 April 2014 were a pension of £73,000 per annum (2013: £70,000), payable from the age of 65. The transfer value at 30 April 2014 
was £581,000 (2013: £557,000).

The Company makes a payment of 40% of Geoff Drabble’s base salary in lieu of providing him with any pension arrangements. This was agreed 
prior to his joining the Company in 2006 and reflected the fact that he was leaving a generous defined benefit arrangement at his previous 
employer.

Brendan Horgan and Suzanne Wood are members of the Sunbelt 401K defined contribution pension plan and the 409A deferred compensation 
plan. They are entitled to a company co-match conditional on contributing into the 401K plan or deferring into the 409A plan. The co-match is 
limited to amounts permitted by regulatory agencies and is effected either by a company payment into the 401K plan or an enhanced deferral 
into the 409A plan and was $17,570 for Brendan Horgan and $23,490 for Suzanne Wood in 2013/14.

At 30 April 2014, the total amount available to Brendan Horgan but deferred under the Sunbelt deferred compensation plan was $338,988 or 
£200,751. This includes an allocated investment return of $34,337 or £21,435 (2013: £19,663). The amount available to Suzanne Wood under the 
same plan was $218,685 or £129,507. This includes an allocated investment return of $25,894 or £16,165 (2013: £12,289).

THE DEFERRED BONUS PLAN (AUDITED INFORMATION)
The performance targets for the Deferred Bonus Plan for the year were as follows:

Forfeiture

Threshold
Target
Maximum
Actual

* Underlying profit.

Group pre-tax profit*
£200m

£277m
£310m
£340m
£362m

Sunbelt operating profit*

Bonus potential
$375m Loss of 50% of previously 
deferred bonus
10%
50%
100%
100%

$495m
$550m
$585m
$631m

The performance targets for Geoff Drabble and Suzanne Wood for the year to 30 April 2014 related directly to the underlying pre-tax profits of 
the Group and for Brendan Horgan, the underlying operating profit of Sunbelt. The Group target set by the Committee for full entitlement under 
the DBP was significantly ahead of both prior year (£245m) and consensus market expectation of £293m when the target was set. The target 
for Sunbelt was significantly ahead of the prior year ($453m). For the year to 30 April 2014, the underlying pre-tax profit for the Group was 
£362m and underlying operating profit for Sunbelt was $631m. As a result, the maximum bonus entitlements were earned and were equivalent 
to 200% of base salary for Geoff Drabble and 150% of base salary for Suzanne Wood and Brendan Horgan.

The first three-year period of the Deferred Bonus Plan ended on 30 April 2014. Under the terms of the DBP, there was no forfeiture of brought 
forward share equivalent awards and accordingly, the brought forward share equivalent awards and the bonus for 2013/14 were released to 
the executives in full on 16 June 2014 when the share price was 887p. The share equivalent awards are summarised below:

Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

Number of share equivalent awards

Brought
forward
172,049
43,175
39,426

Released
(172,049)
(43,175)
(39,426)

Carried
forward
–
–
–

Value of
released awards
£’000
1,526
383
350

Directors’ report54 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

REMUNERATION REPORT cOnTInUEd

THE ANNUAL PERFORMANCE BONUS
The performance targets for the annual performance bonus were as follows:

Threshold
Target
Maximum 
Actual

* Underlying profit.

A-Plant 
operating profit*
£17m
£20m
£22m
£25m

Bonus potential
20%
50%
100%
100%

The maximum bonus entitlement for Sat Dhaiwal was 100% of base salary and related directly to the profitability of A-Plant. The target for 
maximum pay-out was significantly ahead of the prior year profit of £12m. A-Plant’s underlying operating profit was £25m and, as a result, 
the maximum bonus entitlement was earned equivalent to 100% of base salary.

THE PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN
The performance criteria have varied in prior years. Following consultation with shareholders in 2011/12, a balanced and holistic approach 
was adopted involving four performance measures selected because delivery of them through the cycle is a significant challenge and the 
achievement of them will deliver optimum sustainable performance over the long term. The performance criteria are as follows:

Award date
29/6/10

Financial year
2010/11

27/7/11

2011/12

Award date
19/9/12

Financial year
2012/13

1/7/13

2013/14

Performance criteria (measured over three years)

TSR (% of award)
From date of grant versus FTSE 250 Index 
(12.5% at median; 50% at upper quartile)
From date of grant versus FTSE 250 Index 
(12.5% at median; 50% at upper quartile)
Performance criteria (measured over three years)

TSR (40%)
From date of grant 
versus FTSE 250 
Index (25% of this 
element of the 
award will vest at 
median; 100% at 
upper quartile)

EPS (25%)
25% of this element 
of the award will 
vest if EPS 
compound growth 
for the three years 
ending 30 April 
immediately prior 
to the vesting date 
is 6% per annum, 
rising to 100% 
vesting if EPS 
compound growth 
is equal to, or 
exceeds, 12% 
per annum

EPS (% of award)
2012/13 EPS between 1p (12.5% vested) 
and 2.5p (50% vested)
2013/14 EPS between 8p (12.5% vested) 
and 12p (50% vested)

Status
Vested in full in June 2013

Expected to vest fully in 
July 2014 

RoI (25%)
25% of this element 
of the award will 
vest at an RoI of 
10% with 100% 
vesting with an 
RoI of 15%

Leverage (10%)
100% of this 
element of the 
award will vest if 
the ratio of net debt 
to EBITDA is equal 
to, or is less than, 
2.5 times

Status
2012 award
TSR performance is in the 
upper quartile, EPS growth 
of 64%, RoI of 19% and 
leverage of 1.8 times

2013 award
TSR performance is in the 
upper quartile, EPS growth 
of 48%, RoI of 19% and 
leverage of 1.8 times

For performance between the lower and upper target ranges, vesting of the award is scaled on a straight-line basis.

The 2010 PSP award vested in full on 28 June 2013 with EPS for 2012/13 of 31.6p exceeding the upper target of 2.5p and the Company’s TSR 
performance ranked it first within the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts).

The 2011 PSP award, for which the performance period completes on 26 July 2014, is expected to vest in full. EPS for 2013/14 of 46.6p exceeds 
the upper target of 12p and at 13 June 2014, the Company’s TSR performance ranked it first within the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) 
at the date of this report.

EPS is based on the profit before exceptional items, fair value remeasurements and amortisation of acquired intangibles less the tax charge 
included in the accounts. Historically TSR performance has been measured relative to the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) rather 
than a specific comparator group of companies because there are few direct comparators to the Company listed in London and because the 
Company was a FTSE 250 company. The Company’s TSR performance relative to the FTSE 250 (excluding investment trusts) is shown on 
page 56. For the 2014/15 award the comparator group will be comprised of those companies in the FTSE 350 ranked 75th to 125th by market 
capitalisation (excluding investment trusts).

The executive directors are required to retain at least 50% of shares that vest under the PSP until such time as they have achieved the 
shareholding guideline detailed on page 49.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SINGLE TOTAL FIGURE OF REMUNERATION (AUDITED INFORMATION)
Non-executive directors

Chris Cole
Michael Burrow
Wayne Edmunds
Bruce Edwards
Hugh Etheridge
Ian Sutcliffe

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  55

2014
£’000
160
55
10
45
65
45
380

Fees

2013
£’000
150
45
–
40
55
40
330

The non-executive directors did not receive any remuneration in addition to the fees detailed above.

SCHEME INTERESTS AWARDED BETWEEN 1 MAY 2013 AND 30 APRIL 2014 (AUDITED INFORMATION)
Deferred Bonus Plan
Under the DBP, participants deferred one-third of their bonus for 2012/13 (half in respect of the chief executive) into share equivalents.  
Share equivalent awards made under the DBP on 19 June 2013 are summarised below:

Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

Number of share
equivalent awards
77,352
24,114
23,542

Face value
of award
£’000
485
151
148

Performance Share Plan
The awards made on 1 July 2013 are subject to the rules of the PSP and the achievement of stretching performance conditions, which are set 
out on page 49, over a three-year period to 30 June 2016. The awards are summarised below:

Geoff Drabble
Sat Dhaiwal
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

Number
120,429
33,108
51,300
48,631

Face value
of award
£‘000
800
220
341
323

Face value of
award as %
of base salary
150%
100%
100%
100%

% of award vesting
for minimum
performance
32.5%
32.5%
32.5%
32.5%

Note
PSP awards were allocated on 1 July 2013 using the closing mid-market share price (665p) of Ashtead Group plc on that day.

PAYMENTS TO PAST DIRECTORS (AUDITED INFORMATION)
Ian Robson retired as an executive director of the Company on 13 July 2012. Under the terms of his contract, Ian was entitled to draw a pension 
equal to one-thirtieth of his final salary for each year of pensionable service, but without deduction for early payment, from retirement on 
13 July 2012. Accordingly, he received a retirement allowance of £118,000 per annum from the Company from 14 July 2012 until September 
2013 when he attained age 55. Since that date, his pension is the responsibility of the Ashtead Group plc Retirement Benefits Plan.

PAYMENTS FOR LOSS OF OFFICE (AUDITED INFORMATION)
During the year there have been no payments made to directors for loss of office.

STATEMENT OF ExECUTIvE DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDINGS AND SHARE INTERESTS (AUDITED INFORMATION)
The executive directors are subject to a minimum shareholding obligation. As stated in the letter from the Remuneration Committee chairman, 
the requirement for the chief executive was increased to 200% of base salary on 1 May 2014. The remaining executive directors are expected 
to hold shares at least equal to 100% of base salary. As shown below, the executive directors comply with these shareholding requirements.

Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

Shares held
outright at
30 April 2014
398,375
1,303,297
493,874
208,805

Shares held
outright at
30 April 2014
as a % of salary
1,480%
1,813%
1,352%
582%

Outstanding
 unvested
scheme interests
subject to
performance
 measures
230,761
743,285
298,840
259,938

Total of all share
interests and
outstanding
scheme interests
at 30 April 2014
629,136
2,046,582
792,714
468,743

Notes
(1)   Interests in shares held at 30 April 2014 include shares held by connected persons.
(2)   All outstanding scheme interests take the form of rights to receive shares.
(3)   In calculating shareholding as a percentage of salary, the average share price for the three months ended 30 April 2014, the sterling/dollar exchange rate at 30 April 2014, and the 

directors’ salaries at 1 May 2014, have been used.

Directors’ report56 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

REMUNERATION REPORT cOnTInUEd

PERFORMANCE SHARE PLAN AWARDS
Awards made under the PSP, and those which remain outstanding at 30 April 2014, are shown in the table below:

Sat Dhaiwal

Geoff Drabble

Brendan Horgan

Suzanne Wood

Date of
grant
29.06.10
27.07.11
19.09.12
01.07.13
29.06.10
27.07.11
19.09.12
01.07.13
29.06.10
27.07.11
19.09.12
01.07.13
29.06.10
27.07.11
19.09.12
01.07.13

Held at
30 April 2013
223,350
130,641
67,012
–
694,416
406,176
216,680
–
171,017
163,049
84,491
–
125,757
126,816
84,491
–

Exercised
during the year
223,350
–
–
–
694,416
–
–
–
171,017
–
–
–
125,757
–
–
–

Granted
during the year
–
–
–
33,108
–
–
–
120,429
–
–
–
51,300
–
–
–
48,631

Held at
30 April 2014
–
130,641
67,012
33,108
–
406,176
216,680
120,429
–
163,049
84,491
51,300
–
126,816
84,491
48,631

The performance conditions attaching to the PSP awards are detailed on page 54. The market price of the awards granted during the year was 
665p on the date of grant.

STATEMENT OF NON-ExECUTIvE DIRECTORS’ SHAREHOLDING (AUDITED INFORMATION)
As at 30 April 2014, the non-executive directors’ interests in ordinary shares of the Company were:

Michael Burrow
Chris Cole
Wayne Edmunds
Bruce Edwards
Hugh Etheridge
Ian Sutcliffe

Number
100,000
132,082
–
40,000
20,000
11,959

The market price of the Company’s shares at the end of the financial year was 875p and the highest and lowest closing prices during the 
financial year were 983p and 574p respectively.

PERFORMANCE GRAPH AND TABLE
Over the last six years the Company has generated a sixteen-fold total shareholder return (‘TSR’) which is shown below. The following graph 
compares the Company’s TSR performance with the FTSE 250 Index (excluding investment trusts) over the six years ended 30 April 2014. 
The FTSE 250 is the Stock Exchange index the Committee considers to be the most appropriate to the size and scale of the Company’s 
operations over that period.

TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN (£)

Ashtead
FTSE 250 (excluding Investment Trusts)

1,800

1,600

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

Apr 08

Apr 09

Apr 10

Apr 11

Apr 12

Apr 13

Apr 14

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  57

During the same period, the total remuneration received by the Group chief executive has increased seven-fold as a result of the strong 
performance of the business:

Total remuneration (£’000)
Underlying profit before tax (£m)
Proportion of maximum annual bonus potential awarded
Proportion of PSP vesting

2008
1,061
112
60%
0%

2009
826
87
25%
0%

2010
1,037
5
75%
0%

2011
2,166
31
100%
50%

2012
4,613
131
100%
100%

2013
6,510
245
100%
100%

2014
7,099
362
100%
100%

PERCENTAGE CHANGE IN REMUNERATION OF CHIEF ExECUTIvE
The table below summarises the percentage change in remuneration of Geoff Drabble, the chief executive, between the years ended 30 April 
2013 and 30 April 2014 and the average percentage change over the same period for the Group as a whole.

Chief executive percentage change
Group percentage change

Salary
11%
3%

Benefits
6%
0%

Annual bonus
10%
15%

RELATIvE IMPORTANCE OF SPEND ON PAY
The following table shows the year-on-year change in underlying profit before tax, dividends and aggregate staff costs (see Note 4: Operating 
costs and other income to the consolidated financial statements).

Underlying profit before tax
Dividend declared
Aggregate staff costs

REMUNERATION FOR THE YEAR 
COMMENCING 1 MAY 2014
Basic salary
Salary with effect from 1 May 2014:

Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

£240,000
£640,800
$550,000
$540,000

The salaries of A-Plant employees, 
including Sat Dhaiwal, will be reviewed 
in November 2014.

Benefits
Benefits will continue to be applied as per 
the Policy and application in previous years.

Retirement benefits
Retirement benefits will continue to be 
applied as per the Policy and application 
in previous years.

Deferred Bonus Plan
In 2014/15 Geoff Drabble, Suzanne Wood, 
Brendan Horgan and Sat Dhaiwal will 
participate in the DBP. The maximum annual 
bonus opportunities as a percentage of salary 
will be 200% for Geoff Drabble and 150% 
for Suzanne Wood, Brendan Horgan and 
Sat Dhaiwal. The performance measures 
are set out on page 48. These performance 
measures should be viewed in conjunction 
with the wider performance targets set 
for the 2014/15 PSP awards as detailed 
on page 49.

Performance Share Plan
It is anticipated that a PSP award will be made 
as follows:

Sat Dhaiwal
Geoff Drabble
Brendan Horgan
Suzanne Wood

Anticipated value of
July 2014 award
£’000
240
961
407
400

These awards are based on the directors’ 
salaries as at 1 May 2014 and, where 
appropriate, the sterling/dollar exchange rate 
at 30 April 2014. The performance measures 
and targets are set out on page 49.

Non-executive fees
Fees for non-executive directors will be 
increased with effect from 1 July 2014. 
Their fees with effect from that date will be:

Chris Cole
Michael Burrow
Wayne Edmunds
Bruce Edwards
Ian Sutcliffe

£200,000
£60,000
£60,000
£50,000
£60,000

2014
£m
362
57.6
417

2013
£m
245
37.5
366

Change
%
48%
54%
14%

CONSIDERATION BY THE DIRECTORS OF 
MATTERS RELATING TO DIRECTORS’ 
REMUNERATION
The Company has established a 
Remuneration Committee (‘the Committee’) 
in accordance with the recommendations of 
the UK Corporate Governance Code. The 
Committee is comprised of independent 
non-executive directors. The members of the 
Committee are as follows:

Chairman

Michael Burrow 
Hugh Etheridge 
Bruce Edwards 
Ian Sutcliffe 

None of the Committee members has any 
personal financial interests, other than as 
shareholders, in the matters to be decided. 
None of the members of the Committee is or 
has been at any time one of the Company’s 
executive directors or an employee. None of 
the executive directors serves, or has served, 
as a member of the board of directors of any 
other company which has one or more of its 
executive directors serving on the Company’s 
Board or Remuneration Committee.

The Group’s chief executive, Geoff Drabble, 
normally attends the meetings of the 
Committee to advise on operational aspects 
of the implementation of existing policies 
and policy proposals, except where his own 
remuneration is concerned, as does the 
non-executive chairman, Chris Cole. Eric 
Watkins acts as secretary to the Committee. 
Under Michael Burrow’s direction, the 
company secretary and Geoff Drabble have 
responsibility for ensuring the Committee has 
the information relevant to its deliberations.

Directors’ report58 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

REMUNERATION REPORT cOnTInUEd

In formulating its policies, the Committee 
has access to professional advice 
from outside the Company, as required, 
and to publicly available reports and 
statistics. The Committee appointed 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (‘PwC’) 
to provide independent advice on various 
matters it considered. PwC was appointed 
in 2011 following an interview process by 
the Committee. PwC is a member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and 
adheres to its code in relation to executive 
remuneration consulting in the UK. The fees 
paid to PwC for its professional advice on 
remuneration during the year were £30,000. 
PwC also provided specific tax services to the 
Company during the year. The Committee is 
satisfied that neither the nature nor scope 
of these non-remuneration services by PwC 
impaired its independence as advisers to 
the Committee.

MAIN RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE 
REMUNERATION COMMITTEE

The principal duties of the Committee are:

•  determining and agreeing with the 

Board the framework and policy for the 
remuneration of the executive directors 
and senior employees;

•  ensuring that executive management 

is provided with appropriate incentives 
to encourage enhanced performance 
in a fair and responsible manner;

•  reviewing and determining the total 
remuneration packages for each 
executive director including bonuses 
and incentive plans;

•  determining the policy for the scope 
of pension arrangements, service 
agreements, termination payments 
and compensation commitments for 
each of the executive directors; and

•  ensuring compliance with all statutory 

and regulatory provisions.

SUMMARY OF THE COMMITTEE’S WORK 
DURING THE YEAR
The principal matters addressed during the 
year were:

•  assessment of the achievement of the 

executive directors against their annual 
bonus and Deferred Bonus Plan objectives;

•  setting annual bonus and Deferred Bonus 
Plan performance targets for the year;

•  assessment of performance for the vesting 

of the 2010 PSP awards;

•  grant of 2013 PSP awards and setting the 
performance targets attaching thereto;

•  review of executive base salaries; and

•  approval of the Remuneration report 

for the year ended 30 April 2013.

SHAREHOLDER vOTING
Ashtead is committed to ongoing shareholder 
dialogue and considers carefully voting 
outcomes. In the event of a substantial vote 
against a resolution in relation to directors’ 
remuneration, Ashtead would seek to 
understand the reasons for any such vote 
and would detail any actions taken in 
response to it in the Remuneration report 
the following year.

The following table sets out the voting results 
in respect of our previous report in 2013:

2012/13 Directors’ 
Remuneration Report

For

Against

97.6%

2.4%

17,317,424 votes were withheld (c.3% of share 
capital) out of total votes cast of 351,738,664.

This report has been approved by the 
Remuneration Committee and is signed on its 
behalf by:  

MICHAEL BURROW
CHAIRMAN, REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
16 June 2014

OTHER STATUTORY DISCLOSURES

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  59

CONTENTS

CREST shares
(i)   Registration of CREST shares can be 

Pages 38 to 61 inclusive (together with the sections of the Annual Report incorporated by 
reference) form part of the Directors’ Report.

refused in the circumstances set out in the 
Uncertified Securities Regulations.

Other information, which forms part of the Directors’ Report, can be found in the following 
sections of the Annual Report:

(ii)  Transfers cannot be in favour of more than 

four joint holders.

SIGNIFICANT SHAREHOLDERS
Based on notifications received, the holdings 
of 3% or more of the issued share capital of 
the Company as at 13 June 2014 (the latest 
practicable date before approval of the 
financial statements) are as follows:

BlackRock, Inc.
AXA Investment Managers, S.A.
Baillie Gifford & Co.
Old Mutual Asset Managers (UK) Ltd
Legal & General Group PLC

%
10
5
5
4
3

Details of directors’ interests in the 
Company’s ordinary share capital and in 
options over that share capital are given in 
the Remuneration report on pages 46 to 58. 
Details of all shares subject to option are 
given in the notes to the financial statements 
on page 84.

Change of control provisions  
in loan agreements
A change in control of the Company (defined, 
inter alia, as a person or a group of persons 
acting in concert gaining control of more than 
30% of the Company’s voting rights) leads  
to an immediate event of default under the 
Company’s asset-based senior lending 
facility. In such circumstances, the agent for 
the lending group may, and if so directed by 
more than 50% of the lenders shall, declare 
the amounts outstanding under the facility 
immediately due and payable.

Such a change of control also leads to an 
obligation, within 30 days of the change in 
control, for the Group to make an offer to the 
holders of the Group’s $900m senior secured 
notes, due 2022, to redeem them at 101% of 
their face value.

Acquisitions 
Audit Committee report 
Board and committee membership 
Corporate governance report 
Directors’ biographies 
Directors’ responsibility statement 
Financial risk management 
Future developments 
Greenhouse gas emissions 
Nomination Committee report 
Other statutory disclosures 
Our people 
Pension schemes 
Post balance sheet events 
Results and dividends 
Share capital 
Social responsibility 

Location
Financial statements – Note 26
Page 43
Page 38
Page 40
Page 38
Page 61
Financial statements – Note 24
Page 14
Page 36
Page 45
Page 59
Page 31
Financial statements – Note 23
Financial statements – Note 29
Page 22
Financial statements – Note 20
Page 28

Share capital and  
major shareholders
Details of the Company’s share capital are 
given in Note 20 to the financial statements.

ACqUISITION OF OWN SHARES
At the 2013 annual general meeting, the 
Company was authorised to make market 
purchases of up to 75,451,260 ordinary 
shares. The Company has not acquired any 
shares under this authority during the year. 
This authority will expire on the earlier of the 
next annual general meeting of the Company 
or 4 March 2016.

A special resolution will be proposed at this 
year’s annual general meeting to authorise 
the Company to make market purchases  
of up to 75.5m ordinary shares.

vOTING RIGHTS
Subject to the Articles of Association,  
every member who is present in person at  
a general meeting shall have one vote and  
on a poll every member who is present  
in person or by proxy shall have one vote  
for every share of which he or she is the 
holder. The Trustees of the Employee  
Share Ownership Trust ordinarily follow  
the guidelines issued by the Association  
of British Insurers and do not exercise  
their right to vote at general meetings.

Under the Companies Act 2006, members 
are entitled to appoint a proxy, who need 
not be a member of the Company, to exercise 
all or any of their rights to attend and speak 
and vote on their behalf at a general meeting 
or any class of meeting. A member may 
appoint more than one proxy provided that 
each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights 
attached to a different share or shares held 
by that member. A corporate member may 
appoint one or more individuals to act on 
its behalf at a general meeting or any class 
of meeting as a corporate representative. 
The deadline for the exercise of voting 
rights is as stated in the notice of the 
relevant meeting.

TRANSFER OF SHARES
Certified shares
(i)   Transfers may be in favour of more than 
four joint holders, but the directors can 
refuse to register such a transfer.

(ii)  The share transfer form must be 

delivered to the registered office, or any 
other place decided on by the directors. 
The transfer form must be accompanied 
by the share certificate relating to the 
shares being transferred, unless the 
transfer is being made by a person to 
whom the Company was not required to, 
and did not send, a certificate. The 
directors can also ask (acting reasonably) 
for any other evidence to show that the 
person wishing to transfer the shares is 
entitled to do so.

Directors’ report60 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

OTHER STATUTORY DISCLOSURES cOnTInUEd

Appointment and removal  
of directors
Unless determined otherwise by ordinary 
resolution, the Company is required to have a 
minimum of two directors and a maximum of 
15 directors (disregarding alternate directors).

The directors are not required to hold any 
shares in the Company by the Articles  
of Association.

The Board can appoint any person to be a 
director. Any person appointed as a director 
by the Board must retire from office at  
the first annual general meeting after 
appointment. A director who retires in this 
way is then eligible for reappointment.

The Articles state that each director must 
retire from office if he held office at the 
time of the two preceding annual general 
meetings and did not retire at either of them. 
In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, all directors are subject 
to annual election by the shareholders.

In addition to any power to remove directors 
conferred by legislation, the Company can 
pass a special resolution to remove a director 
from office even though his time in office has 
not ended and can appoint a person to replace 
a director who has been removed in this way 
by passing an ordinary resolution.

Any director stops being a director if (i) he 
gives the Company written notice of his 
resignation; (ii) he gives the Company written 
notice in which he offers to resign and the 
directors decide to accept this offer; (iii) all 
the other directors (who must comprise at 
least three people) pass a resolution or sign a 
written notice requiring the director to resign; 
(iv) a registered medical practitioner who is 
treating that person gives a written opinion  
to the Company stating that that person has 
become physically or mentally incapable of 
acting as a director and may remain so for 
more than three months; (v) by reason of  
that person’s mental health, a court makes  
an order which wholly or partly prevents  
that person from personally exercising any 
powers or rights which that person would 
otherwise have; (vi) he has missed directors’ 
meetings (whether or not an alternate 
director appointed by him attends those 
meetings) for a continuous period of six 
months without permission from the 

directors and the directors pass a resolution 
removing the director from office; (vii) a 
bankruptcy order is made against him or he 
makes any arrangement or composition with 
his creditors generally; (viii) he is prohibited 
from being a director under the legislation; 
or (ix) he ceases to be a director under the 
legislation or he is removed from office under 
the Articles of Association.

Policy on payment of suppliers
Suppliers are paid in accordance with the 
individual payment terms agreed with each  
of them. The number of Group creditor days  
at 30 April 2014 was 63 days (30 April 2013: 67 
days) which reflects the terms agreed with 
individual suppliers. There were no trade 
creditors in the Company’s balance sheet 
at any time during the past two years.

Powers of the directors
Subject to the legislation, the Articles of 
Association and any authority given to the 
Company in general meeting by special 
resolution, the business of the Company is 
managed by the Board of Directors that can 
use all of the Company’s powers to borrow 
money and to mortgage or charge all or any 
of the Company’s undertaking, property and 
assets (present and future) and uncalled 
capital of the Company and to issue 
debentures and other security and to give 
security, either outright or as collateral 
security, for any debt, liability or obligation 
of the Company or of any third party.

Directors and directors’ 
insurance
Details of the directors of the Company are 
given on pages 38 and 39. The policies related 
to their appointment and replacement are 
detailed on pages 41 and 42. Each of the 
directors as at the date of approval of this 
report confirms, as required by section 418 
of the Companies Act 2006 that to the best 
of their knowledge and belief:

(i)   there is no relevant audit information of 

which the Company’s auditor is unaware; 
and

(ii)  each director has taken all the steps that 
he ought to have taken to make himself 
aware of such information and to establish 
that the Company’s auditor is aware of it.

The Company has maintained insurance 
throughout the year to cover all directors 
against liabilities in relation to the Company 
and its subsidiary undertakings.

Amendment of Articles  
of Association
Unless specified to the contrary in 
‘The Articles’, the Articles of the Company 
may be amended by a special resolution.

Political and charitable 
donations
Charitable donations in the year amounted to 
£127,641 in total (2013: £80,625). No political 
donations were made in either year.

Post balance sheet events
Details of post balance sheet events are 
included in Note 29 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

Going concern
After making appropriate enquiries, the 
directors have a reasonable expectation that 
the Company and the Group have adequate 
resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future and consequently, that  
it is appropriate to adopt the going concern 
basis in preparing the financial statements.

Auditor
Deloitte LLP has indicated its willingness 
to continue in office and in accordance with 
section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, 
a resolution concerning its reappointment 
and authorising the directors to fix its 
remuneration, will be proposed at the 
Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (‘AGM’) will be 
held at 2.30pm on Wednesday, 3 September 
2014 at Wax Chandlers Hall, 6 Gresham 
Street, London EC2V 7AD. An explanation 
of the business to be transacted at the 
AGM has been circulated to shareholders  
and can be found on the website,  
www.ashtead-group.com.

By order of the Board

ERIC WATKINS
COMPANY SECRETARY
16 June 2014

 
STATEMENT OF DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITIES

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  61

Responsibility statement
We confirm to the best of our knowledge:

•   the consolidated financial statements, 

prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards 
Board and IFRS as adopted by the EU, give 
a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Group; 

•  the Strategic Report includes a fair review 
of the development and performance of the 
business and the position of the Group, 
together with a description of the principal 
risks and uncertainties that it faces; and

•   the Annual Report and financial 

statements, taken as a whole, are fair, 
balanced and understandable and provide 
information necessary for shareholders to 
assess the Group’s performance, business 
model and strategy.

By order of the Board

ERIC WATKINS
COMPANY SECRETARY
16 June 2014

The directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the financial 
statements in accordance with applicable law 
and regulations. Company law requires the 
directors to prepare financial statements for 
the Group in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as 
adopted by the European Union and Article 4 
of the IAS Regulation and have also elected to 
prepare financial statements for the Company 
in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU.

Under company law the directors must not 
approve the accounts unless they are 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view of 
the state of affairs of the Company and of the 
profit or loss of the Company for that period. 
In preparing these financial statements, 
International Accounting Standard 1 requires 
that directors:

•  properly select and apply accounting 

policies;

•  present information, including accounting 

policies, in a manner that provides relevant, 
reliable, comparable and understandable 
information;

•  provide additional disclosures when 

compliance with the specific requirements 
in IFRS is insufficient to enable users to 
understand the impact of particular 
transactions, other events and conditions 
on the entity’s financial position and 
financial performance; and

•  make an assessment of the Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern.

The directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the Company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position 
of the Company and enable them to ensure 
that the financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006. They are also 
responsible for safeguarding the assets  
and hence, for taking reasonable steps for  
the prevention and detection of fraud and 
other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK 
governing the preparation and dissemination 
of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ report 
JANET TArlETON 
A-Plant

62 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

CONTENTS 

Independent auditor’s report to the  
members of Ashtead Group plc 

 Consolidated financial statements 
Consolidated income statement 
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 
Consolidated balance sheet 
Consolidated statement of changes in equity 
Consolidated cash flow statement 

Notes to the consolidated financial statements 
1.  General information 
2.  Accounting policies 
3.  Segmental analysis 
4.  Operating costs and other income 
 Exceptional items, fair value  
5. 
remeasurements and amortisation 

6.  Net financing costs 
7.  Taxation 
8.  Dividends 
9.  Earnings per share 
10. Inventories 
11.  Trade and other receivables 
12. Cash and cash equivalents 
13. Property, plant and equipment 
14. Intangible assets including goodwill 
15. Trade and other payables 
16. Borrowings 
17.  Obligations under finance leases 
18. Provisions 
19.  Deferred tax 
20. Share capital and reserves 
21. Share-based payments 
22. Operating leases 
23. Pensions 
24. Financial risk management 
25. Notes to the cash flow statement 
26. Acquisitions 
27. Contingent liabilities 
28. Capital commitments 
29. Events after the balance sheet date 
30. Related party transactions 
31.  Employees 
32. Parent company information 

Ten year history 

Additional information 

63

65
65
66
67
68

69
69
72
74

75
76
76
77
77
77
77
78
79
80
81
81
82
82
83
83
84
84
85
87
89
90
91
91
91
91
91
92

95

96

OUR FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS 2014

INDEPENDENT AUDITOr’S rEPOrT TO THE  
MEMBErS OF ASHTEAD GrOUP PlC

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  63

OPINION ON THE FINANCIAl STATEMENTS 
OF ASHTEAD GrOUP PlC
In our opinion:

•  the financial statements give a true and 
fair view of the state of the Group’s and 
the Company’s affairs as at 30 April 2014 
and of the Group’s profit for the year 
then ended;

•  the Group financial statements have 

been properly prepared in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by the 
European Union;

•  the Company financial statements have 
been properly prepared in accordance 
with IFRS as adopted by the European 
Union and as applied in accordance with 
the provisions of the Companies Act 2006; 
and

•  the financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 
and, as regards the Group financial 
statements, Article 4 of the IAS 
Regulation.

The financial statements comprise the 
Consolidated Income Statement, the 
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income, the Consolidated and Company 
Balance Sheets, the Consolidated and 
Company Statements of Changes in Equity, 
the Consolidated and Company Cash Flow 
Statements, and the related notes 1 to 32. 
The financial reporting framework that 
has been applied in their preparation is 
applicable law and IFRS as adopted by 
the European Union and, as regards the 
Company financial statements, as applied 
in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006.

SEPArATE OPINION IN rElATION TO IFrS 
AS ISSUED By THE IASB
As explained in Note 2 to the Group financial 
statements, in addition to complying with its 
legal obligation to apply IFRS as adopted by 
the European Union, the Group has also 
applied IFRS as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’).

In our opinion the group financial statements 
comply with IFRS as issued by the IASB.

GOING CONCErN
As required by the Listing Rules we have 
reviewed the directors’ statement on 
page 60 that the Group is a going concern. 
We confirm that:

•  we have concluded that the directors’ use 
of the going concern basis of accounting in 
the preparation of the financial statements 
is appropriate; and

•  we have not identified any material 

uncertainties that may cast significant 
doubt on the Group’s ability to continue 
as a going concern.

However, because not all future events or 
conditions can be predicted, this statement 
is not a guarantee as to the Group’s ability 
to continue as a going concern.

OUr ASSESSMENT OF rISkS OF MATErIAl MISSTATEMENT
The assessed risks of material misstatement described below are those that had the greatest 
effect on our audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit and directing the efforts of 
the engagement team:

Risk
Carrying value of rental fleet

There is a risk that the 
judgements made by 
management around the 
annual impairment review 
of  rental fleet are not 
appropriate and that the 
carrying value of these 
assets are overstated.

Carrying value of goodwill

As with the carrying value 
of rental fleet, there is a 
risk that the judgements 
made by management in 
the annual impairment 
review of goodwill are 
inappropriate and that 
goodwill is overstated.

Accounting for acquisitions

There is risk that the 
acquisition accounting for 
the 12 acquisitions made 
in the period has not been 
correctly applied because 
of the judgements involved 
in the identification of 
acquired assets and 
liabilities, their estimated 
fair values (including 
intangible assets) and the 
assessment of contingent 
consideration.

Revenue recognition

There is a risk that earned 
not billed and billed not 
earned revenue is 
incorrectly calculated and 
recorded.

How the scope of our audit responded to the risk

We have considered management’s impairment analysis, 
understood and challenged the key judgements and sensitivities 
and the impact that each of these have in determining whether 
an impairment exists. In particular we focused our analysis on 
returns on investment by asset class, fleet utilisation, profits 
and  losses on asset disposals, depreciation rates and residual 
values. We audited the key metrics noted, including asset 
utilisation statistics and recalculating profit on disposal. We also 
confirmed that the accounting for the rental fleet and associated 
disclosures were in line with the Group’s accounting policies.

We have assessed the Group’s current and forecast 
performance and considered whether any other factors exist 
that would suggest the goodwill is impaired. We have performed 
the following procedures:

•  assessed management’s identification of cash-generating 
units (‘CGUs’) against our understanding of the business 
and the definition as set out in the accounting standards;
•  assessed the appropriateness of the calculation of the value 

in use of each CGU and the associated headroom;

•  forecast inputs and growth assumptions were compared 

against historical trends to assess the reliability of 
management’s forecast, in addition to comparing forecast 
assumptions to external market analysis;

•  with the assistance of specialists, we recalculated the discount 
rate applied to the future cash flows and benchmarked this 
against other companies in the industry; and

•  performed sensitivity analysis.

We have challenged the key assumptions made by management 
in accounting for the acquisitions including:

•  a review of the asset purchase agreements, confirming the 

correct accounting treatment has been applied and 
appropriate disclosure has been made;

•  auditing the valuation and accounting for consideration 

payable, including any contingent consideration and traced 
payments to bank statements;

•  the identification and fair valuation of the assets and liabilities 
the Group acquired including any fair value adjustments; and
•  valuation assumptions such as discount, tax and royalty rates 
by recalculating these, reviewing assumptions used in such 
calculations and recalculating using external evidence.

In doing so we have utilised specialists to assist with considering 
the appropriateness of the discount rate. We have reviewed the 
acquisition accounting and respective disclosures made in the 
financial statements.

We have focused our testing on the earned not billed and billed 
not earned valuation of revenue. In doing so we have reviewed 
management’s calculations, performed analytical reviews over 
movements in the period and assessed the historical accuracy 
of management’s estimations of such amounts by comparing 
to actual amounts. We have also sought to identify any new 
or complex customer contracts and reviewed the terms and 
conditions of these.

The Audit Committee’s consideration of these risks is set out on page 44.

Our audit procedures relating to these matters were designed in the context of our audit of 
the financial statements as a whole, and not to express an opinion on individual accounts or 
disclosures. Our opinion on the financial statements is not modified with respect to any of 
the risks described above, and we do not express an opinion on these individual matters.

Financial statements 
64 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

INDEPENDENT AUDITOr’S rEPOrT TO THE  
MEMBErS OF ASHTEAD GrOUP PlC CONTINUED

OUr APPlICATION OF MATErIAlITy
We define materiality as the magnitude of 
misstatement in the financial statements that 
makes it probable that the economic decisions 
of a reasonably knowledgeable person would 
be changed or influenced. We use materiality 
both in planning the scope of our audit work 
and in evaluating the results of our work.

We determined materiality for the Group to be 
£14 million, which is 3.9% of pre-tax profit for 
the year.

In calculating our materiality we have used a 
two-year average profit before tax to reflect 
the cyclical nature of the industry in which the 
Group operates.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we 
would report to them all audit differences  
in excess of £300,000 as well as differences 
below that threshold that, in our view, 
warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. 
We also report to the Audit Committee on 
disclosure matters that we identified when 
assessing the overall presentation of the 
financial statements.

AN OvErvIEw OF THE SCOPE OF OUr AUDIT
Our audit was scoped by obtaining an 
understanding of the Group and its 
environment, including Group-wide controls, 
and assessing the risks of material 
misstatement at the Group level. Audit work to 
respond to the risks of material misstatement 
was performed by a combination of the work 
performed by component teams in the US and 
UK, and the Group audit team at Head Office.

The Group is comprised of three principal 
locations: the Head Office in London; A-Plant 
in Warrington, UK; and Sunbelt in Charlotte, 
US. The Group audit team performed a full 
scope audit of the Head Office and component 
audit teams performed full-scope audits at 
both A-Plant and Sunbelt. These three 
locations represent 100% of the Group’s 
revenue, profit before tax and net assets. 
They were also selected to provide an 
appropriate basis for undertaking audit work 
to address the risks of material misstatement 
identified above. Our audit work at the three 
locations was executed at levels of materiality 
applicable to each individual location which 
were lower than Group materiality.

The Group audit team have made several site 
visits to component audit teams to ensure 
sufficient involvement and oversight of work 
performed. At the parent entity level we also 
tested the consolidation process.

OPINION ON OTHEr MATTErS PrESCrIBED 
By THE COMPANIES ACT 2006
In our opinion:

•  the part of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report to be audited has been properly 
prepared in accordance with the 
Companies Act 2006; and

•  the information given in the Strategic 

Report and the Directors’ Report for the 
financial year for which the financial 
statements are prepared is consistent  
with the financial statements.

MATTErS ON wHICH wE ArE rEqUIrED 
TO rEPOrT By ExCEPTION
Adequacy of explanations received and 
accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are 
required to report to you if, in our opinion:

•  we have not received all the information 

and explanations we require for our audit; 
or

•  adequate accounting records have not been 

kept by the parent company, or returns 
adequate for our audit have not been 
received from branches not visited by us; or

•  the parent company financial statements 
are not in agreement with the accounting 
records and returns.

We have nothing to report in respect of these 
matters.

Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also 
required to report if in our opinion certain 
disclosures of directors’ remuneration have 
not been made or the part of the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report to be audited is not in 
agreement with the accounting records and 
returns. We have nothing to report arising 
from these matters.

Corporate Governance Statement
Under the Listing Rules we are also  
required to review the part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the 
Company’s compliance with nine provisions  
of the UK Corporate Governance Code.  
We have nothing to report arising from  
our review.

Our duty to read other information in the 
Annual report
Under International Standards on Auditing 
(UK and Ireland), we are required to report  
to you if, in our opinion, information in the 
annual report is:

•  materially inconsistent with the information 

in the audited financial statements; or

•  apparently materially incorrect based on, 

or materially inconsistent with, our 
knowledge of the Group acquired in the 
course of performing our audit; or

•  otherwise misleading.

In particular, we are required to consider 
whether we have identified any 
inconsistencies between our knowledge 
acquired during the audit and the directors’ 
statement that they consider the annual 
report is fair, balanced and understandable 
and whether the annual report appropriately 
discloses those matters that we 
communicated to the Audit Committee which 
we consider should have been disclosed. We 
confirm that we have not identified any such 
inconsistencies or misleading statements.

rESPECTIvE rESPONSIBIlITIES OF 
DIrECTOrS AND AUDITOr
As explained more fully in the Statement 
of Directors’ Responsibilities, the directors  
are responsible for the preparation of  
the financial statements and for being 
satisfied that they give a true and fair view. 

Our responsibility is to audit and express  
an opinion on the financial statements  
in accordance with applicable law and 
International Standards on Auditing (UK  
and Ireland). Those standards require us to 
comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s 
Ethical Standards for Auditors.

We also comply with International Standard 
on Quality Control 1 (UK and Ireland). Our 
audit methodology and tools aim to ensure 
that our quality control procedures are 
effective, understood and applied. Our quality 
controls and systems include our dedicated 
professional standards review team, 
strategically focused second partner reviews 
and independent partner reviews.

This report is made solely to the Company’s 
members, as a body, in accordance with 
Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 
2006. Our audit work has been undertaken  
so that we might state to the Company’s 
members those matters we are required  
to state to them in an auditor’s report and  
for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume 
responsibility to anyone other than the 
Company and the Company’s members as  
a body, for our audit work, for this report,  
or for the opinions we have formed.

SCOPE OF THE AUDIT OF THE FINANCIAl 
STATEMENTS
An audit involves obtaining evidence about  
the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements are 
free from material misstatement, whether 
caused by fraud or error. This includes an 
assessment of:

•  whether the accounting policies are 
appropriate to the Group’s and the 
Company’s circumstances and have  
been consistently applied and adequately 
disclosed;

•  the reasonableness of significant 
accounting estimates made by the 
directors; and

•  the overall presentation of the financial 

statements.

In addition, we read all the financial and 
non-financial information in the annual report 
to identify material inconsistencies with the 
audited financial statements and to identify 
any information that is apparently materially 
incorrect based on, or materially inconsistent 
with, the knowledge acquired by us in  
the course of performing the audit. If we 
become aware of any apparent material 
misstatements or inconsistencies we 
consider the implications for our report.

EDwArD HANSON  
(SENIOr STATUTOry AUDITOr)

for and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor
London, UK
16 June 2014

 
CONSOlIDATED INCOME STATEMENT 
for the year ended 30 April 2014

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  65

Before
exceptional 
items and
amortisation
£m

Exceptional 
items and
amortisation
£m

Notes

2014

Total
£m

Before
exceptional items, 
amortisation and
remeasurements
£m
(restated)

Exceptional items, 
amortisation and
remeasurements
£m

1,475.3

1,206.4

revenue
Rental revenue
Sale of new equipment,  

merchandise and consumables

Sale of used rental equipment

Operating costs
Staff costs
Used rental equipment sold
Other operating costs

EBITDA*
Depreciation
Amortisation of intangibles
Operating profit
Investment income
Interest expense
Profit on ordinary 

activities before taxation

Taxation
Profit attributable to equity  
holders of the Company

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share

1,475.3

68.1
91.3
1,634.7

(417.3)
(73.4)
(458.9)
(949.6)

685.1
(275.9)
 –
409.2
–
(47.1)

362.1
(128.6)

233.5

46.6p
46.3p

4

4

4

4

4

3, 4

6

6

7, 19

9

9

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
4.2
4.2

4.2
–
(9.8)
(5.6)
–
 –

(5.6)
3.3

68.1
91.3
1,634.7

(417.3)
(73.4)
(454.7)
(945.4)

689.3
(275.9)
(9.8)
403.6
–
(47.1)

356.5
(125.3)

(2.3)

231.2

(0.5p)
(0.5p)

46.1p
45.8p

60.3
95.2
1,361.9

(365.8)
(80.9)
(396.2)
(842.9)

519.0
(229.0)
 –
290.0
0.2
(44.8)

245.4
(88.3)

157.1

31.4p
30.9p

2013

Total
£m
(restated)

1,206.4

60.3
95.2
1,361.9

(365.8)
(80.9)
(396.2)
(842.9)

519.0
(229.0)
(5.8)
284.2
0.2
(70.2)

214.2
(76.4)

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
 –
 –

–
–
(5.8)
(5.8)
–
(25.4)

(31.2)
11.9

(19.3)

137.8

(3.8p)
(3.8p)

27.6p
27.1p

* EBITDA is presented here as an additional performance measure as it is commonly used by investors and lenders.

All revenue and profit for the year is generated from continuing activities.

CONSOlIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPrEHENSIvE INCOME
for the year ended 30 April 2014

Profit attributable to equity holders of the Company for the financial year

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:
Remeasurement of the defined benefit pension plan
Tax on defined benefit pension plan

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Foreign currency translation differences

Total comprehensive income for the year

Note

23

2014
£m
231.2

2013
£m
(restated)
137.8

5.3
(1.0)
4.3

(3.8)
0.9
(2.9)

(41.3)

14.0

194.2

148.9

Financial statements 
66 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

CONSOlIDATED BAlANCE SHEET 
at 30 April 2014

Current assets
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Current tax asset 
Cash and cash equivalents

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
– rental equipment
– other assets

Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Deferred tax asset
Net defined benefit pension plan asset

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liability
Debt due within one year
Provisions

Non-current liabilities
Debt due after more than one year
Provisions
Deferred tax liabilities

Total liabilities

Equity 
Share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Non-distributable reserve
Own shares held by the Company
Own shares held through the ESOT
Cumulative foreign exchange translation differences
Retained reserves
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

Total liabilities and equity

These financial statements were approved by the Board on 16 June 2014.

GEOFF DrABBlE 
CHIEF ExECUTIvE 

SUzANNE wOOD
FINANCE DIrECTOr

Notes

10

11

12

13

13

14

14

19

23

15

16

18

16

18

19

20

20

20

20

2014
£m

18.5
259.8
9.9
2.8
291.0

1,716.3
212.8
1,929.1
400.4
45.8
–
6.1
2,381.4

2013
£m

16.7
218.6
0.8
20.3
256.4

1,407.8
176.8
1,584.6
397.3
32.6
1.3
0.4
2,016.2

2,672.4

2,272.6

345.8
5.8
2.2
15.0
368.8

296.1
3.8
2.2
11.9
314.0

1,149.2
20.3
309.7
1,479.2
1,848.0

1,032.2
24.9
219.0
1,276.1
1,590.1

55.3
3.6
0.9
90.7
(33.1)
(11.8)
(20.2)
739.0
824.4

55.3
3.6
0.9
90.7
(33.1)
(7.4)
21.1
551.4
682.5

2,672.4

2,272.6

 
CONSOlIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EqUITy
for the year ended 30 April 2014

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  67

At 1 May 2012
Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Foreign currency translation differences
Remeasurement of the defined  

benefit pension plan

Tax on defined benefit pension plan
Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid
Own shares purchased by the ESOT
Share-based payments
Tax on share-based payments
At 30 April 2013

Profit for the year
Other comprehensive income:
Foreign currency translation differences
Remeasurement of the defined  

benefit pension plan

Tax on defined benefit pension plan
Total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid
Own shares purchased by the ESOT
Share-based payments
Tax on share-based payments
At 30 April 2014

Share
capital
£m
55.3
–

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
55.3

–

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
55.3

Share
premium
account
£m
3.6
–

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
0.9
–

Non-
distributable
reserve
£m
90.7
–

Own
shares
held by
the
Company
£m
(33.1)
–

Own
shares
held
through
the ESOT 
£m
(6.2)
–

Cumulative
foreign
exchange
translation
differences
£m
7.1
–

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
3.6

–

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
3.6

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
0.9

–

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
0.9

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
90.7

–

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
90.7

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
(33.1)

–

–

–
 –
 –

–

–
 –
 –

–
(10.2)
9.0
 –
(7.4)

–

–

–
 –
 –

–
–
–
 –
(33.1)

–
(22.4)
18.0
 –
(11.8)

Retained
reserves
£m
(restated)
436.4
137.8

Total
£m
(restated)
554.7
137.8

–

14.0

(3.8)
0.9
134.9

(20.0)
–
(6.3)
6.4
551.4

(3.8)
0.9
148.9

(20.0)
(10.2)
2.7
6.4
682.5

14.0

–
 –
14.0

–
–
–
 –
21.1

–

231.2

231.2

(41.3)

–
 –
(41.3)

–
–
–
 –
(20.2)

–

(41.3)

5.3
(1.0)
235.5

(41.3)
–
(14.6)
8.0
739.0

5.3
(1.0)
194.2

(41.3)
(22.4)
3.4
8.0
824.4

Financial statements 
68 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

CONSOlIDATED CASH FlOw STATEMENT 
for the year ended 30 April 2014

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental equipment
Exceptional operating costs paid
Payments for rental property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of rental property, plant and equipment 
Cash generated from operations
Financing costs paid (net)
Exceptional financing costs paid
Tax paid (net)
Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of businesses
Payments for non-rental property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from disposal of non-rental property, plant and equipment
Payments for purchase of intangible assets
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Drawdown of loans
Redemption of loans
Capital element of finance lease payments
Purchase of own shares by the ESOT
Dividends paid
Net cash from financing activities

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
Opening cash and cash equivalents
Effect of exchange rate difference
Closing cash and cash equivalents

reconciliation of net debt
Decrease in cash in the period
Increase in debt through cash flow
Change in net debt from cash flows
Exchange differences
Debt acquired
Non-cash movements: 
– deferred costs of debt raising
– capital element of new finance leases
Increase in net debt in the period
Net debt at 1 May
Net debt at 30 April

Notes

25(a)

25(c)

2014
£m

2013
£m

645.5
(2.2)
(655.2)
90.4
78.5
(40.5)
–
(14.9)
23.1

(103.3)
(85.3)
11.5
 –
(177.1)

578.7
(377.7)
(0.7)
(22.4)
(41.3)
136.6

(17.4)
20.3
(0.1)
2.8

2014
£m

17.4
200.3
217.7
(87.7)
1.4

2.0
1.1
134.5
1,014.1
1,148.6

501.3
(2.4)
(524.2)
87.6
62.3
(41.5)
(13.4)
(6.8)
0.6

(33.8)
(57.3)
7.9
(1.0)
(84.2)

614.1
(502.5)
(1.0)
(10.2)
(20.0)
80.4

(3.2)
23.4
0.1
20.3

2013
£m

3.2
110.6
113.8
39.0
–

6.7
0.3
159.8
854.3
1,014.1

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  69

1 General information
Ashtead Group plc (‘the Company’) is a 
company incorporated and domiciled in 
England and Wales and listed on the London 
Stock Exchange. The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in pounds sterling, 
the functional currency of the parent. Foreign 
operations are included in accordance with 
the policies set out in Note 2.

2 Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies adopted in 
the preparation of these financial statements 
are set out below. These policies have been 
applied consistently to all the years 
presented, unless otherwise stated.

BASIS OF PrEPArATION
These financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) and 
with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 
applicable to companies reporting under 
IFRS. Accordingly, the Group complies with 
all IFRS, including those adopted for use in 
the European Union and therefore the Group 
financial statements comply with Article 4 
of the EU IAS Regulation. The financial 
statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention, modified for 
certain items carried at fair value, as stated 
in the accounting policies. A summary of 
the more important accounting policies is 
set out below.

The preparation of financial statements 
in conformity with generally accepted 
accounting principles requires management 
to use estimates and assumptions that affect 
the reported amounts of assets and liabilities 
at the date of the financial statements and the 
reported amount of revenue and expenses 
during the reporting period. A more detailed 
discussion of the principal accounting policies 
and management estimates and assumptions 
is included in the Financial Review on pages 
26 and 27 and forms part of these financial 
statements. Actual results could differ from 
these estimates.

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POlICIES  
AND DISClOSUrES
New and amended standards adopted  
by the Group
The following revised and amended 
standards are mandatory for the first time for 
the financial year beginning 1 May 2013 and 
have affected amounts reported in these 
financial statements:

•  IAS 19, ‘Employee Benefits’ was revised in 
June 2011. The impact on the Group was to 
replace the interest expense and expected 
return on plan assets with a ‘net interest’ 
amount, which is calculated by applying 
a discount rate to the net defined benefit 
pension plan asset or liability. The effect 
of this will be to reduce the asset returns 
recognised in the profit and loss account. 
The revised standard also introduces more 
extensive disclosures in the presentation 
of the defined benefit cost.

These consolidated financial statements 
are the first financial statements in which 
the Group has adopted IAS 19 (revised 
June 2011). The revision has been adopted 
retrospectively in accordance with IAS 8. 
As the Group has always recognised 
actuarial gains and losses immediately, 
there is no effect on the prior year defined 
benefit obligation and balance sheet 
disclosure. For the year ended 30 April 
2013, operating costs were £0.3m higher, 
net financing costs were £1.0m higher and 
profit before tax was £1.3m lower than 
reported previously.

•  Amendment to IAS 1, ‘Presentation  
of financial statements’ regarding  
the presentation of other items of  
other comprehensive income. The 
amendment increased the required level  
of disclosure within the statement of 
comprehensive income.

The impact of this amendment has been 
to analyse items within the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income 
between items that will not be classified 
to profit or loss and items that may be 
reclassified subsequently to profit or loss 
in accordance with the respective IFRS 
standard to which the item relates.

The amendments have been applied 
retrospectively, and hence the presentation 
of items of comprehensive income have 
been restated to reflect the change. Other 
than the above-mentioned presentation 
changes, the application of the 
amendments to IAS 1 do not result in any 
impact on profit or loss, comprehensive 
income and total comprehensive income.

There are no other IFRS or IFRIC 
Interpretations that impact the Group and are 
effective for the first time this financial year.

New standards, amendments and 
interpretations issued but not effective  
for the financial year beginning 1 May 2013 
and not early adopted
There are no IFRS or IFRIC Interpretations 
that are not yet effective that would be 
expected to have a material impact on 
the Group.

BASIS OF CONSOlIDATION
The Group financial statements incorporate 
the financial statements of the Company and 
all its subsidiaries for the year to 30 April 
each year. The results of businesses acquired 
or sold during the year are incorporated for 
the periods from or to the date on which 
control passed and acquisitions are 
accounted for under the acquisition method. 
Control is achieved when the Group has the 
power to govern the financial and operating 
policies of an entity so as to obtain the 
benefits from its activities.

FOrEIGN CUrrENCy TrANSlATION
Assets and liabilities in foreign currencies  
are translated into pounds sterling at rates  
of exchange ruling at the balance sheet  
date. Income statements and cash flows  
of overseas subsidiary undertakings are 
translated into pounds sterling at average 
rates of exchange for the year. The exchange 
rates used in respect of the US dollar are:

Average for year
Year end

2014
1.60
1.69

2013
1.57
1.56

Exchange differences arising from the 
retranslation of the opening net investment 
of overseas subsidiaries and the difference 
between the inclusion of their profits at 
average rates of exchange in the Group 
income statement and the closing rate used 
for the balance sheet are recognised directly 
in a separate component of equity. Other 
exchange differences are dealt with in the 
income statement.

rEvENUE
Revenue represents the total amount 
receivable for the provision of goods and 
services including the sale of used rental 
plant and equipment to customers net of 
returns and VAT/sales tax. Rental revenue, 
including loss damage waiver and 
environmental fees, is recognised on a 
straight-line basis over the period of the 
rental contract. Because a rental contract 
can extend across financial reporting 
period ends, the Group records accrued 
revenue (unbilled rental revenue) and 
deferred revenue at the beginning and 
end of each reporting period so that rental 
revenue is appropriately stated in the 
financial statements.

Financial statements70 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

2 Accounting policies continued
Revenue from rental equipment delivery and 
collection is recognised when delivery or 
collection has occurred and is reported as 
rental revenue.

Revenue from the sale of rental equipment, 
new equipment, parts and supplies, retail 
merchandise and fuel is recognised at the 
time of delivery to, or collection by, the 
customer and when all obligations under  
the sales contract have been fulfilled.

Revenue from sales of rental equipment in 
connection with trade-in arrangements with 
certain manufacturers from whom the Group 
purchases new equipment is accounted for  
at the lower of transaction value or fair value 
based on independent appraisals. If the 
trade-in price of a unit of equipment exceeds 
the fair market value of that unit, the excess is 
accounted for as a reduction of the cost of the 
related purchase of new rental equipment.

CUrrENT/NON-CUrrENT DISTINCTION
Current assets include assets held primarily 
for trading purposes, cash and cash 
equivalents and assets expected to be realised 
in, or intended for sale or consumption in, 
the course of the Group’s operating cycle 
and those assets receivable within one year 
from the reporting date. All other assets are 
classified as non-current assets.

Current liabilities include liabilities held 
primarily for trading purposes, liabilities 
expected to be settled in the course of the 
Group’s operating cycle and those liabilities 
due within one year from the reporting date. 
All other liabilities are classified as non-
current liabilities.

PrOPErTy, PlANT AND EqUIPMENT
Owned assets
Property, plant and equipment is stated at 
cost (including transportation costs from the 
manufacturer to the initial rental location) 
less accumulated depreciation and any 
provisions for impairment. In respect of aerial 
work platforms, cost includes rebuild costs 
when the rebuild extends the asset’s useful 
economic life and it is probable that 
incremental economic benefits will accrue to 
the Group. Rebuild costs include the cost of 
transporting the equipment to and from the 
rebuild supplier. Depreciation is not charged 
while the asset is not in use during the  
rebuild period.

leased assets
Finance leases are those leases which 
transfer substantially all the risks and 
rewards of ownership to the lessee. Assets 
held under finance leases are capitalised 
within property, plant and equipment at the 
fair value of the leased assets at inception of 
the lease and depreciated in accordance with 
the Group’s depreciation policy. Outstanding 
finance lease obligations are included within 
debt. The finance element of the agreements 
is charged to the income statement on a 
systematic basis over the term of the lease.

All other leases are operating leases, the 
rentals on which are charged to the income 
statement on a straight-line basis over the 
lease term.

Depreciation
Leasehold properties are depreciated on a 
straight-line basis over the life of each lease. 
Other fixed assets, including those held under 
finance leases, are depreciated on a straight-
line basis applied to the opening cost to write 
down each asset to its residual value over 
its useful economic life. Residual values 
and estimated useful economic lives are 
reassessed annually, recognising the cyclical 
nature of the business. The rates in use are 
as follows:

Freehold property
Motor vehicles
Rental equipment
Office and workshop equipment

Per annum
2%
7% to 25%
5% to 33%
20%

Residual values are estimated at 10–15% of 
cost in respect of most types of rental 
equipment, although the range of residual 
values used varies between zero and 30%.

rEPAIrS AND MAINTENANCE
Costs incurred in the repair and maintenance 
of rental and other equipment are charged to 
the income statement as incurred.

INTANGIBlE ASSETS
Business combinations and goodwill
Business combinations are accounted for 
using the acquisition method. Goodwill 
represents the difference between the cost  
of the acquisition and the fair value of the net 
identifiable assets acquired, including any 
intangible assets other than goodwill.

Goodwill is stated at cost less any 
accumulated impairment losses and is 
allocated to the Group’s two reporting units, 
Sunbelt and A-Plant.

The profit or loss on the disposal of a 
previously acquired business includes  
the attributable amount of any purchased 
goodwill relating to that business.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets acquired as part of a 
business combination are capitalised at fair 
value as at the date of acquisition. Internally 
generated intangible assets are not 
capitalised. Amortisation is charged on a 
straight-line basis over the expected useful 
life of each asset. Contract related intangible 
assets are amortised over the life of the 
contract. Amortisation rates for other 
intangible assets are as follows:

Brand names 
Customer lists

Per annum
7% to 15%
10% to 20%

IMPAIrMENT OF ASSETS
Goodwill is not amortised but is tested 
annually for impairment as at 30 April 
each year. Assets that are subject to 
amortisation or depreciation are reviewed 
for impairment whenever events or changes 
in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. An 
impairment loss is recognised in the income 
statement for the amount by which the asset’s 
carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. For the purposes of assessing 
impairment, assets are grouped at the 
lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable and independent cash flows 
for the asset being tested for impairment 
(cash-generating unit). In the case of 
goodwill, the cash-generating units are 
considered to be the Group’s two reporting 
units, Sunbelt and A-Plant.

The recoverable amount is the higher of an 
asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value 
in use. In assessing value in use, estimated 
future cash flows are discounted to their 
present value using a pre-tax discount rate 
that reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific 
to the asset.

In respect of assets other than goodwill, an 
impairment loss is reversed if there has been 
a change in the estimates used to determine 
the recoverable amount. An impairment loss 
is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s 
carrying amount does not exceed the carrying 
amount that would have been determined, 
net of depreciation or amortisation, if no 
impairment loss had been recognised. 
Impairment losses in respect of goodwill 
are not reversed.

TAxATION
The tax charge for the period comprises  
both current and deferred tax. Taxation is 
recognised in the income statement except to 
the extent that it relates to items recognised 
directly in equity, in which case the related tax 
is also recognised in equity. 

Current tax is the expected tax payable on 
the taxable income for the year and any 
adjustment to tax payable in respect of 
previous years.

Deferred tax is provided using the balance 
sheet liability method on any temporary 
differences between the carrying amounts  
for financial reporting purposes and those  
for taxation purposes. Deferred tax liabilities 
are generally recognised for all taxable 
temporary differences and deferred tax 
assets are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that taxable profits will be available 
against which deductible temporary 
differences can be utilised. Such assets and 
liabilities are not recognised if the temporary 
differences arise from the initial recognition 
of goodwill.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  71

Deferred tax liabilities are not recognised for 
temporary differences arising on investment in 
subsidiaries where the Group is able to control 
the reversal of the temporary difference and 
it is probable that the temporary difference 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that 
are expected to apply in the period when the 
liability is settled or the asset is realised. 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset 
when they relate to income taxes levied by 
the same taxation authority and the Group 
intends to settle its current tax assets and 
liabilities on a net basis.

INvENTOrIES
Inventories, which comprise new equipment, 
fuel, merchandise and spare parts,  
are valued at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value.

EMPlOyEE BENEFITS
Defined contribution pension plans
Obligations under the Group’s defined 
contribution plans are recognised as an 
expense in the income statement as incurred.

Defined benefit pension plans
The Group’s obligation in respect of defined 
benefit pension plans is calculated by 
estimating the amount of future benefit that 
employees have earned in return for their 
service in the current and prior periods; 
that benefit is discounted to determine its 
present value and the fair value of plan assets 
is deducted. The discount rate used is the 
yield at the balance sheet date on AA-rated 
corporate bonds. The calculation is 
performed by a qualified actuary using 
the projected unit credit method.

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in 
full in the period in which they arise through 
the statement of comprehensive income. The 
increase in the present value of plan liabilities 
arising from employee service during the 
period is charged to operating profit.

Net interest is calculated by applying a 
discount rate to the net defined benefit 
pension plan asset or liability. The net  
interest income or net interest expense is 
included in investment income or interest 
expense, respectively.

The defined pension surplus or deficit 
represents the fair value of the plan assets 
less the present value of the defined benefit 
obligation. A surplus is recognised in the 
balance sheet to the extent that the Group has 
an unconditional right to the surplus, either 
through a refund or reduction in future 
contributions. A deficit is recognised in full.

Share-based compensation
The fair value of awards made under 
share-based compensation plans is 
measured at grant date and spread over 
the vesting period through the income 
statement with a corresponding increase in 
equity. The fair value of share options and 
awards is measured using an appropriate 
valuation model taking into account the 
terms and conditions of the individual award. 

The amount recognised as an expense is 
adjusted to reflect the actual awards vesting 
except where any change in the awards 
vesting relates only to market based criteria 
not being achieved.

INSUrANCE
Insurance costs include insurance premiums 
which are written off to the income statement 
over the period to which they relate and 
an estimate of the discounted liability for 
uninsured retained risks on unpaid claims 
incurred up to the balance sheet date. 
The estimate includes events incurred but 
not reported at the balance sheet date. 
This estimate is discounted and included 
in provisions in the balance sheet.

INvESTMENT INCOME AND INTErEST 
ExPENSE
Investment income comprises interest 
receivable on funds invested, fair value gains 
on derivative financial instruments and the 
net interest on the net defined benefit asset.

Interest expense comprises interest payable 
on borrowings, amortisation of deferred 
finance costs, fair value losses on derivative 
financial instruments and the unwind of the 
discount on the self-insurance and deferred 
consideration provisions.

FINANCIAl INSTrUMENTS
Financial assets and financial liabilities are 
recognised in the Group’s balance sheet when 
the Group becomes a party to the contractual 
provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets
Trade receivables
Trade receivables do not carry interest  
and are stated at face value as reduced by 
appropriate allowances for estimated 
irrecoverable amounts.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash 
balances and call deposits with maturity of 
less than, or equal to, three months.

Financial liabilities and equity
Equity instruments
An equity instrument is any contract that 
evidences a residual interest in the assets of 
the Group after deducting all of its liabilities. 
Equity instruments issued by the Group are 
recorded at the proceeds received, net of 
direct issue costs.

Trade payables
Trade payables are not interest bearing and 
are stated at face value.

Borrowings
Interest-bearing bank loans and overdrafts 
are recorded at the proceeds received, net 
of direct transaction costs. Finance charges, 
including amortisation of direct transaction 
costs, are charged to the income statement 
using the effective interest rate method.

Tranches of borrowings and overdrafts which 
mature on a regular basis are classified as 
current or non-current liabilities based on 
the maturity of the facility so long as the 
committed facility exceeds the drawn debt.

Net debt
Net debt consists of total borrowings less 
cash and cash equivalents. Borrowings 
exclude accrued interest. Foreign currency 
denominated balances are retranslated to 
pounds sterling at rates of exchange ruling 
at the balance sheet date.

Derivative financial instruments
The Group may use derivative financial 
instruments to hedge its exposure to 
fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange 
rates. These are principally swap agreements 
used to manage the balance between fixed 
and floating rate finance on long-term debt 
and forward contracts for known future 
foreign currency cash flows. The Group does 
not hold or issue derivative instruments for 
speculative purposes.

All derivatives are held at fair value in the 
balance sheet. Changes in the fair value of 
derivative financial instruments that are 
designated and effective as hedges of future 
cash flows are recognised directly in equity. 
The gain or loss relating to any ineffective 
portion is recognised immediately in the 
income statement. Amounts deferred in 
equity are recognised in the income 
statement in the same period in which the 
hedged item affects profit or loss. Changes  
in the fair value of any derivative instruments 
that are not hedge accounted are recognised 
immediately in the income statement.

Secured notes
The Group’s secured notes contain early 
repayment options, which constitute 
embedded derivatives in accordance with 
‘IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement’. The accounting for these 
early repayment options depends on whether 
they are considered to be closely related to 
the host contract or not based on IAS 39. 
Where they are closely related, the early 
repayment option is not accounted for 
separately and the notes are recorded within 
borrowings, net of direct transaction costs. 
The interest expense is calculated by using 
the effective interest rate method. 

In circumstances where the early repayment 
option is not considered closely related the 
repayment option has to be valued separately. 
At the date of issue the liability component  
of the notes is estimated using prevailing 
market interest rates for similar debt with  
no repayment option and is recorded within 
borrowings, net of direct transaction costs. 
The difference between the proceeds of the 
note issue and the fair value assigned to the 
liability component, representing the 
embedded option to prepay the notes is 
included within ‘Other financial assets – 
derivatives’. The interest expense on the 
liability component is calculated by applying 
the effective interest rate method. The 
embedded option to prepay is fair valued 
using an appropriate valuation model and fair 
value remeasurement gains and losses are 
included in investment income and interest 
expense respectively.

Financial statements72 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

PrOvISIONS
Provisions are recognised when the Group 
has a present obligation as a result of a past 
event, and it is probable that the Group will be 
required to settle that obligation. Provisions 
are measured at the directors’ best estimate 
of the expenditure required to settle the 
obligation at the balance sheet date and are 
discounted to present value where the effect 
is material.

EMPlOyEE SHArE OwNErSHIP TrUST
Shares in the Company acquired by the 
Employee Share Ownership Trust (‘ESOT’)  
in the open market for use in connection  
with employee share plans are presented  
as a deduction from shareholders’ funds. 
When the shares vest to satisfy share-based 
payments, a transfer is made from own 
shares held through the ESOT to  
retained earnings.

OwN SHArES HElD By THE COMPANy
The cost of own shares held by the Company 
is deducted from shareholders’ funds.  
The proceeds from the reissue of own shares 
are added to shareholders’ funds with any 
gains in excess of the average cost of the 
shares being recognised in the share 
premium account.

2 Accounting policies continued
Where the Group’s senior secured notes are 
issued at a premium or a discount, they are 
initially recognised at their face value plus  
or minus the premium or discount. The notes 
are subsequently measured at amortised  
cost using the effective interest method.

ExCEPTIONAl ITEMS
Exceptional items are those items that are 
material and non-recurring in nature that  
the Group believes should be disclosed 
separately to assist in the understanding  
of the financial performance of the Group.

EArNINGS PEr SHArE
Earnings per share is calculated based on the 
profit for the financial year and the weighted 
average number of ordinary shares in issue 
during the year. For this purpose the number 
of ordinary shares in issue excludes shares 
held by the Company or by the Employee 
Share Ownership Trust in respect of which 
dividends have been waived. Diluted earnings 
per share is calculated using the profit for  
the financial year and the weighted average 
diluted number of shares (ignoring any 
potential issue of ordinary shares which 
would be anti-dilutive) during the year.

Underlying earnings per share comprises 
basic earnings per share adjusted to exclude 
earnings relating to exceptional items, 
amortisation of intangibles and fair value 
remeasurements of embedded derivatives  
in long-term debt.

year ended 30 April 2014
Revenue
Operating costs
EBITDA
Depreciation
Segment result before exceptional items and amortisation
Exceptional items
Amortisation
Segment result
Net financing costs
Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit attributable to equity shareholders

Segment assets
Cash
Taxation assets
Total assets

Segment liabilities
Corporate borrowings and accrued interest
Taxation liabilities
Total liabilities

ASSETS HElD FOr SAlE
Non-current assets held for sale and disposal 
groups are measured at the lower of carrying 
amount and fair value less costs to sell.  
Such assets are classified as held for sale  
if their carrying amount will be recovered 
through a sale transaction rather than 
through continuing use. Such assets are not 
depreciated. Assets are regarded as held for 
sale only when the sale is highly probable and 
the asset is available for sale in its present 
condition. Management must be committed to 
the sale which must be expected to qualify for 
recognition as a completed sale within one 
year from the date of classification.

3 Segmental analysis
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
The Group operates one class of business; 
rental of equipment. Operationally, the Group 
is split into two business units, Sunbelt and 
A-Plant which report separately to, and are 
managed by, the chief executive and align with 
the geographies in which they operate, being 
the US and UK, respectively. These business 
units are the basis on which the Group 
reports its segment information. The Group 
manages debt and taxation centrally, rather 
than by business unit. Accordingly, segmental 
results are stated before interest and taxation 
which are reported as central Group items. 
This is consistent with the way the chief 
executive reviews the business.

Sunbelt
£m
1,366.2
(749.7)
616.5
(222.5)
394.0
–
(5.7)
388.3

A-Plant
£m
268.5
(189.9)
78.6
(53.4)
25.2
4.2
(4.1)
25.3

Corporate
items
£m
–
(10.0)
(10.0)
 –
(10.0)
–
–
(10.0)

2,252.7

406.7

0.3

301.7

63.1

5.8

Group
£m
1,634.7
(949.6)
685.1
(275.9)
409.2
4.2
(9.8)
403.6
(47.1)
356.5
(125.3)
231.2

2,659.7
2.8
9.9
2,672.4

370.6
1,161.9
315.5
1,848.0

Other non-cash expenditure – share-based payments

2.0

0.5

0.9

3.4

Capital expenditure

695.8

156.3

–

852.1

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  73

There are no sales between the business segments. Segment assets include property, plant and equipment, goodwill, intangibles, inventory 
and receivables. Segment liabilities comprise operating liabilities and exclude taxation balances, corporate borrowings and accrued interest. 
Capital expenditure represents additions to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets and includes additions through the acquisition 
of businesses.

Year ended 30 April 2013
Revenue
Operating costs
EBITDA
Depreciation
Segment result before amortisation
Amortisation
Segment result
Net financing costs
Profit before taxation
Taxation
Profit attributable to equity shareholders

Segment assets
Cash
Taxation assets
Total assets

Segment liabilities
Corporate borrowings and accrued interest
Taxation liabilities
Total liabilities

Other non-cash expenditure – share-based payments

Capital expenditure

Sunbelt
£m
1,155.8
(684.9)
470.9
(183.5)
287.4
(3.9)
283.5

A-Plant
£m
(restated)
206.1
(148.8)
57.3
(45.4)
11.9
(1.9)
10.0

Corporate
items
£m
–
(9.2)
(9.2)
(0.1)
(9.3)
–
(9.3)

1,943.5

306.5

0.2

276.0

44.7

5.5

1.5

0.7

546.6

72.5

0.5

–

Group
£m
(restated)
1,361.9
(842.9)
519.0
(229.0)
290.0
(5.8)
284.2
(70.0)
214.2
(76.4)
137.8

2,250.2
20.3
2.1
2,272.6

326.2
1,041.1
222.8
1,590.1

2.7

619.1

SEGMENTAl ANAlySIS By GEOGrAPHy
The Group’s operations are located in North America and the United Kingdom. The following table provides an analysis of the Group’s revenue, 
segment assets and capital expenditure, including expenditure on acquisitions, by country of domicile. Segment assets by geography include 
property, plant and equipment and intangible assets but exclude inventory and receivables.

North America
United Kingdom

2014
£m
1,366.2
268.5
1,634.7

Revenue

2013
£m
1,155.8
206.1
1,361.9

Segment assets

Capital expenditure

2014
£m
2,030.1
345.2
2,375.3

2013
£m
1,749.9
264.6
2,014.5

2014
£m
695.8
156.3
852.1

2013
£m
546.6
72.5
619.1

Financial statements 
74 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

Before
amortisation
£m
(restated)

Amortisation
£m

4 Operating costs and other income

Staff costs:
Salaries
Social security costs
Other pension costs

Used rental equipment sold
Other operating costs:
Vehicle costs
Spares, consumables and external repairs
Facility costs
Other external charges

Depreciation and amortisation:
Depreciation of owned assets
Depreciation of leased assets
Amortisation of intangibles

Before
exceptional
items and
amortisation
£m

Exceptional
items and
amortisation
£m

380.4
29.7
7.2
417.3

73.4

105.9
83.4
50.4
219.2
458.9

275.2
0.7
 –
275.9

–
–
 –
 –

 –

–
–
–
(4.2)
(4.2)

–
–
9.8
9.8

2014

Total
£m

380.4
29.7
7.2
417.3

333.4
26.3
6.1
365.8

73.4

80.9

105.9
83.4
50.4
215.0
454.7

275.2
0.7
9.8
285.7

92.8
70.1
47.3
186.0
396.2

227.9
1.1
 –
229.0

1,225.5

5.6

1,231.1

1,071.9

2013

Total
£m
(restated)

333.4
26.3
6.1
365.8

80.9

92.8
70.1
47.3
186.0
396.2

227.9
1.1
5.8
234.8

1,077.7

–
–
 –
 –

 –

–
–
–
 –
 –

–
 –
5.8
5.8

5.8

Proceeds from the disposal of non-rental property, plant and equipment amounted to £12m (2013: £8m), resulting in a profit on disposal of £3m 
(2013: £1m) which is included in other external charges.

The costs shown in the above table include:

Operating lease rentals payable:

Plant and equipment
Property

Cost of inventories recognised as expense
Bad debt expense
Net foreign exchange losses/(gains)

Staff costs include directors’ remuneration. Directors’ remuneration comprised:

Salaries and short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
National insurance and social security
Share-based payments

2014
£m

2.1
35.2
138.2
9.6
0.2

2014
£’000
6,674
67
376
1,075
8,192

2013
£m

0.6
33.9
137.3
8.9
(0.1)

2013
£’000
4,349
68
322
819
5,558

 
Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  75

Remuneration payable to the Company’s auditor, Deloitte LLP, in the year is given below:

Fees payable to Deloitte UK and its associates for the audit of the Group’s annual accounts

Fees payable to Deloitte UK and its associates for other services to the Group:
– the audit of the Group’s UK subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
– audit-related assurance services
– other assurance services
– tax advisory services

2014
£’000
603

40
62
173
 –
878

2013
£’000
581

12
75
79
52
799

Fees paid for audit-related assurance services relate to the half-year and quarterly reviews of the Group’s interim financial statements. Other 
assurance services relate to comfort letters provided in connection with the $400m add-on to the 6.5% second priority senior secured notes 
due in 2022 as well as due diligence support. Fees for tax advisory services in the prior year relate primarily to assistance in connection with 
the discussion with the IRS regarding its proposed adjustments to the Group’s US tax returns for the four years ended 30 April 2009.

5 Exceptional items, fair value remeasurements and amortisation

Release of deferred consideration provision
Write-off of deferred financing costs
Early redemption fee
Call period interest
Fair value remeasurements
Amortisation of intangibles

Taxation

2014
£m
(4.2)
–
–
–
–
9.8
5.6
(3.3)
2.3

2013
£m
–
4.6
10.6
2.8
7.4
5.8
31.2
(11.9)
19.3

The £4m release of deferred consideration relates to a provision for deferred consideration on the acquisition of Eve which was payable 
depending on increased earnings targets. £7m was provided in full on acquisition, based on an expectation that the targets would be achieved 
in full. The targets were achieved partially and the over-provision has been released.

The prior year write-off of deferred financing costs consists of the unamortised balance of the costs relating to the $550m 9.0% senior secured 
notes redeemed in July 2012. In addition, an early redemption fee of £11m was paid to redeem the notes prior to their scheduled maturity. 
The call period interest represents the interest charge on the $550m notes for the period from the issue of the new $500m notes to the date 
the $550m notes were redeemed. The prior year fair value remeasurements relate to the change in fair value of the embedded call options 
in the old $550m 9.0% senior secured notes.

The items detailed in the table above are presented in the income statement as follows:

Other operating costs
Amortisation of intangibles
Charged in arriving at operating profit
Interest expense
Charged in arriving at profit before tax
Taxation

2014
£m
(4.2)
9.8
5.6
–
5.6
(3.3)
2.3

2013
£m
–
5.8
5.8
25.4
31.2
(11.9)
19.3

Financial statements76 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

6 Net financing costs

Investment income
Net interest on the net defined benefit asset

Interest expense
Bank interest payable
Interest payable on second priority senior secured notes
Interest payable on finance leases
Other interest payable
Non-cash unwind of discount on provisions
Amortisation of deferred costs of debt raising
Total interest expense

Net financing costs before exceptional items and remeasurements
Exceptional items
Fair value remeasurements
Net financing costs

2014
£m

2013
£m
(restated)

–

(0.2)

18.4
26.3
0.2
–
0.4
1.8
47.1

47.1
–
–
47.1

18.0
22.8
0.2
0.4
1.3
2.1
44.8

44.6
18.0
7.4
70.0

7 Taxation
The tax charge for the period has been computed using an effective rate for the year of 39% in the US (2013: 39%) and 26% in the UK 
(2013: 24%). The blended effective rate for the Group as a whole is 36% (2013: 36%).

Analysis of tax charge
Current tax
– current tax on income for the year
– adjustments to prior year

Deferred tax
– origination and reversal of temporary differences
– adjustments to prior year
– adjustments due to change in UK and US corporate tax rate

Total taxation charge

Comprising:
– UK tax
– US tax

2014
£m

2013
£m
(restated)

16.8
(7.7)
9.1

113.9
4.6
(2.3)
116.2

12.0
(0.6)
11.4

65.5
(0.5)
–
65.0

125.3

76.4

12.3
113.0
125.3

10.0
66.4
76.4

The tax charge comprises a charge of £128.6m (2013 (restated): £88.3m) relating to tax on the profit before exceptional items, amortisation and 
fair value remeasurements, together with a credit of £3.3m (2013: £11.9m) on exceptional items, amortisation and fair value remeasurements.

The tax charge for the period is higher than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 23% for the year. The differences are explained below:

Profit on ordinary activities before tax

Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 22.8% (2013: 23.9%)
Effects of:
Use of foreign tax rates on overseas income
Other
Adjustments to prior years
Total taxation charge

2014
£m
356.5

81.3

47.7
(0.6)
(3.1)
125.3

2013
£m
(restated)
214.2

51.2

25.7
0.6
(1.1)
76.4

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  77

8 Dividends

Final dividend paid on 6 September 2013 of 6.0p (2013: 2.5p) per 10p ordinary share
Interim dividend paid on 5 February 2014 of 2.25p (2013: 1.5p) per 10p ordinary share

2014
£m
30.1
11.2
41.3

2013
£m
12.5
7.5
20.0

In addition, the directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 30 April 2014 of 9.25p per share which will absorb 
£46m of shareholders’ funds based on the 501m shares qualifying for dividend at 16 June 2014. Subject to approval by shareholders, it will be 
paid on 5 September 2014 to shareholders who are on the register of members on 15 August 2014.

9 Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
Share options and share plan awards
Diluted earnings per share

weighted 
average no.
of shares
million
501.1
3.7
504.8

Earnings
£m
231.2
 –
231.2

2014

Per
share
amount
pence
46.1
(0.3)
45.8

Earnings
(restated)
£m
137.8
–
137.8

Weighted
average no.
of shares
million
500.1
7.5
507.6

Underlying earnings per share may be reconciled to basic earnings per share as follows: 

Basic earnings per share
Exceptional items, fair value remeasurements and amortisation of intangibles
Tax on exceptional items, remeasurements and amortisation
Underlying earnings per share

10 Inventories

Raw materials, consumables and spares
Goods for resale

11 Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables
Less: allowance for bad and doubtful receivables 

Other receivables
– Accrued revenue
– Other

The fair values of trade and other receivables are not materially different to the carrying values presented.

2014
pence
46.1
1.1
(0.6)
46.6

2014
£m
9.4
9.1
18.5

2014
£m
237.5
(16.1)
221.4

16.0
22.4
259.8

2013

Per
share
amount
(restated)
pence
27.6
(0.5)
27.1

2013
pence
(restated)
27.6
6.2
(2.4)
31.4

2013
£m
8.6
8.1
16.7

2013
£m
200.8
(15.6)
185.2

14.2
19.2
218.6

Financial statements78 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

11 Trade and other receivables continued
A)  TrADE rECEIvABlES: CrEDIT rISk
The Group’s exposure to the credit risk inherent in its trade receivables and the associated risk management techniques that the Group 
deploys in order to mitigate this risk are discussed in Note 24. The credit periods offered to customers vary according to the credit risk profiles 
of, and the invoicing conventions established in, the Group’s markets. The contractual terms on invoices issued to customers vary between the 
US and the UK in that, invoices issued by A-Plant are payable within 30-60 days whereas, invoices issued by Sunbelt are payable on receipt. 
Therefore, on this basis, a significant proportion of the Group’s trade receivables are contractually past due. The allowance for bad and 
doubtful receivables is calculated based on prior experience reflecting the level of uncollected receivables over the last year within each 
business. Accordingly, this cannot be attributed to specific receivables so the aged analysis of trade receivables, including those past due, 
is shown gross of the allowance for bad and doubtful receivables.

On this basis, the ageing analysis of trade receivables, including those past due, is as follows:

Carrying value at 30 April 2014
Carrying value at 30 April 2013

Trade receivables past due by:

Current
£m
28.9
22.5

Less than
30 days
£m
116.3
104.0

30 – 60
days
£m
52.9
44.4

60 – 90
days
£m
17.0
12.5

More than
90 days
£m
22.4
17.4

Total
£m
237.5
200.8

In practice, Sunbelt operates on 30 day terms and considers receivables past due if they are unpaid after 30 days. On this basis, the Group’s 
ageing of trade receivables, including those past due, is as follows:

Carrying value at 30 April 2014
Carrying value at 30 April 2013

Trade receivables past due by:

Current
£m
130.3
114.4

Less than
30 days
£m
63.0
53.0

30 – 60
days
£m
19.8
14.5

60 – 90
days
£m
9.7
6.8

More than
90 days
£m
14.7
12.1

Total
£m
237.5
200.8

B)  MOvEMENT IN THE AllOwANCE ACCOUNT FOr BAD AND DOUBTFUl rECEIvABlES

At 1 May
Amounts written off and recovered during the year
Increase in allowance recognised in income statement
Currency movements
At 30 April

12 Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents approximates to their fair value.

2014
£m
15.6
(8.1)
9.6
(1.0)
16.1

2014
£m
2.8

2013
£m
13.8
(7.5)
8.9
0.4
15.6

2013
£m
20.3

13 Property, plant and equipment

Cost or valuation
At 1 May 2012
Exchange differences
Acquisitions
Reclassifications
Additions
Disposals
At 30 April 2013
Exchange differences
Acquisitions
Reclassifications
Additions
Disposals
At 30 April 2014

Depreciation
At 1 May 2012
Exchange differences
Reclassifications
Charge for the period
Disposals
At 30 April 2013
Exchange differences
Acquisitions
Reclassifications
Charge for the period
Disposals
At 30 April 2014

Net book value
At 30 April 2014
At 30 April 2013

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  79

Land and
buildings
£m

Rental
equipment
£m

Office and
workshop
equipment
£m

85.2
2.2
–
–
4.5
(1.4)
90.5
(4.3)
0.3
–
7.9
(1.1)
93.3

32.4
1.0
–
3.8
(1.1)
36.1
(1.9)
0.3
–
4.3
(0.8)
38.0

1,854.1
65.7
10.9
(2.3)
521.0
(262.9)
2,186.5
(146.6)
111.5
(1.2)
657.0
(231.4)
2,575.8

735.7
27.3
(1.1)
201.3
(184.5)
778.7
(60.7)
61.2
(0.5)
243.4
(162.6)
859.5

47.9
1.5
0.1
2.4
4.3
(4.6)
51.6
(3.1)
3.1
2.1
5.2
(2.2)
56.7

39.6
1.4
1.3
3.7
(4.5)
41.5
(2.7)
3.0
1.2
4.3
(2.0)
45.3

Owned
£m

145.7
5.2
1.1
(0.1)
50.3
(21.9)
180.3
(12.1)
5.4
(0.9)
68.5
(34.9)
206.3

65.5
2.4
(0.2)
19.1
(16.0)
70.8
(5.6)
3.8
(0.7)
23.2
(27.5)
64.0

Motor vehicles

Held under
finance
leases
£m

4.9
–
–
–
0.3
(0.2)
5.0
–
1.4
–
2.0
(2.8)
5.6

1.2
–
–
1.1
(0.1)
2.2
–
0.7
–
0.7
(1.8)
1.8

Total
£m

2,137.8
74.6
12.1
–
580.4
(291.0)
2,513.9
(166.1)
121.7
–
740.6
(272.4)
2,937.7

874.4
32.1
–
229.0
(206.2)
929.3
(70.9)
69.0
–
275.9
(194.7)
1,008.6

55.3
54.4

1,716.3
1,407.8

11.4
10.1

142.3
109.5

3.8
2.8

1,929.1
1,584.6

No rebuild costs were capitalised in the year (2013: £nil). Rental equipment includes leased assets of £0.8m (2013: £nil).

Financial statements 
80 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

14 Intangible assets including goodwill

Cost or valuation
At 1 May 2012
Recognised on acquisition
Additions
Exchange differences
At 30 April 2013
Recognised on acquisition
Exchange differences
At 30 April 2014

Amortisation
At 1 May 2012
Charge for the period
Exchange differences
At 30 April 2013
Charge for the period
Exchange differences
At 30 April 2014

Net book value
At 30 April 2014
At 30 April 2013

Other intangible assets

Goodwill
£m

Brand
names
£m

Customer
lists
£m

Contract
related
£m

371.0
10.6
–
15.7
397.3
33.6
(30.5)
400.4

–
–
 –
 –
–
 –
 –

400.4
397.3

15.3
–
–
0.6
15.9
0.9
(1.1)
15.7

12.1
0.5
0.5
13.1
0.6
(1.0)
12.7

3.0
2.8

12.8
13.7
–
1.1
27.6
23.2
(2.3)
48.5

2.1
2.8
0.5
5.4
7.0
(0.5)
11.9

36.6
22.2

19.4
1.1
1.1
0.5
22.1
1.1
(1.1)
22.1

11.6
2.5
0.4
14.5
2.2
(0.8)
15.9

6.2
7.6

Total
£m

47.5
14.8
1.1
2.2
65.6
25.2
(4.5)
86.3

25.8
5.8
1.4
33.0
9.8
(2.3)
40.5

Total
£m

418.5
25.4
1.1
17.9
462.9
58.8
(35.0)
486.7

25.8
5.8
1.4
33.0
9.8
(2.3)
40.5

45.8
32.6

446.2
429.9

Goodwill acquired in a business combination was allocated, at acquisition, to the cash-generating units (‘CGU’) that benefitted from that 
business combination, as follows:

Sunbelt
A-Plant

2014
£m
367.5
32.9
400.4

2013
£m
383.0
14.3
397.3

For the purposes of determining potential goodwill impairment, recoverable amounts are determined from value in use calculations using 
cash flow projections based on financial plans covering a three-year period which were adopted and approved by the Board in April 2014. 
The key assumptions for these financial plans are those regarding revenue growth, margins and capital expenditure required to replace the 
rental fleet and support the growth forecast which management estimates based on past experience, market conditions and expectations for 
the future development of the market. The projections consist of the 2014/15 budget, a further two years from the Group’s business plan and 
a further seven years’ cash flows. The valuation uses an annual growth rate to determine the cash flows beyond the three year business plan 
period of 2%, which does not exceed the average long-term growth rates for the relevant markets, and a terminal value reflective of market 
multiples. The pre-tax rate used to discount the projected cash flows is 11% (2013: 10.5%).

The impairment review is sensitive to a change in key assumptions used, most notably the discount rate and the annuity growth rates. 
A sensitivity analysis has been undertaken by changing the key assumptions used for both Sunbelt and A-Plant. Based on this sensitivity 
analysis, no reasonably possible change in the assumptions resulted in the recoverable amount of the Sunbelt CGU being reduced to the 
carrying value. The A-Plant CGU has headroom of £65m at the reporting date. No reasonably possible change in the annuity growth rate 
would reduce the recoverable amount of the CGU to its carrying value but an increase in the discount rate from 11% by 2.5% would reduce 
the recoverable amount of the CGU to its carrying value.

SUNBElT
Sunbelt’s revenue is linked primarily to US non-residential construction spend. Following its return to growth in 2012, it is expected to continue 
to grow during the business plan period. Sunbelt has grown more rapidly than both non-residential construction and the broader rental 
market and this out-performance is expected to continue over the business plan period, although not necessarily to the same degree as over 
the last two financial years. EBITDA margins are forecast to increase slightly from current levels as Sunbelt benefits from increased scale.

A-PlANT
A-Plant’s revenue is linked primarily to UK non-residential construction spend. This market is expected to return to growth in 2014 and grow 
during the business plan period. A-Plant has grown over the last two years while non-residential construction has declined and we expect it 
to perform ahead of the market as it recovers. EBITDA margins are forecast to increase slightly from current levels as A-Plant benefits from 
increased scale.

15 Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Other taxes and social security
Accruals and deferred income

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  81

2014
£m
161.4
21.6
162.8
345.8

2013
£m
146.9
19.2
130.0
296.1

Trade and other payables include amounts relating to the purchase of fixed assets of £152m (2013: £130m). The fair values of trade and other 
payables are not materially different from the carrying values presented.

16 Borrowings

Current
Finance lease obligations
Non-current
First priority senior secured bank debt
Finance lease obligations
6.5% second priority senior secured notes, due 2022

2014
£m

2.2

609.5
2.4
537.3
1,149.2

2013
£m

2.2

716.7
0.7
314.8
1,032.2

The senior secured bank debt and the senior secured notes are secured by way of, respectively, first and second priority fixed and floating 
charges over substantially all the Group’s property, plant and equipment, inventory and trade receivables.

FIrST PrIOrITy SENIOr SECUrED CrEDIT FACIlITy
At 30 April 2014, $2.0bn was committed by our senior lenders under the asset-based senior secured revolving credit facility (‘ABL facility’) until 
August 2018 while the amount utilised was $1,084m (including letters of credit totalling $35m). The ABL facility is secured by a first priority 
interest in substantially all of the Group’s assets. Pricing for the revolving credit facility is based on the ratio of funded debt to EBITDA before 
exceptional items according to a grid which varies, depending on leverage, from LIBOR plus 175bp to LIBOR plus 225bp. At 30 April 2014 the 
Group’s borrowing rate was LIBOR plus 175bp.

There are two financial performance covenants under the asset-based first priority senior bank facility:

•  funded debt to LTM (last twelve months) EBITDA before exceptional items not to exceed 4.0 times; and

•  a fixed charge ratio (comprising LTM EBITDA before exceptional items less LTM net capital expenditure paid in cash over the sum of 

scheduled debt repayments plus cash interest, cash tax payments and dividends paid in the last 12 months) which must be equal to or 
greater than 1.0 times.

These covenants do not, however, apply when excess availability (the difference between the borrowing base and facility utilisation) exceeds 
$200m. At 30 April 2014 availability under the bank facility was $916m ($667m at 30 April 2013), with an additional $770m of suppressed 
availability meaning that covenants were not measured at 30 April 2014 and are unlikely to be measured in forthcoming quarters.

As a matter of good practice, we calculate the covenant ratios each quarter. At 30 April 2014, as a result of the continued significant investment 
in our rental fleet, the fixed charge ratio, as expected, did not meet the covenant requirement whilst the leverage ratio did so comfortably. 
The fact the fixed charge ratio is below 1.0 times does not cause concern given the strong availability and management’s ability to flex capital 
expenditure downwards at short notice. Accordingly, the accounts are prepared on a going concern basis.

6.5% SECOND PrIOrITy SENIOr SECUrED NOTES DUE 2022 HAvING A NOMINAl vAlUE OF $900M
On 16 July 2012 the Group, through its wholly owned subsidiary Ashtead Capital, Inc., issued $500m of 6.5% second priority senior secured 
notes due 15 July 2022. On 12 December 2013, the Group issued an additional $400m of 6.5% second priority secured notes. These notes were 
issued as an add-on to the 6.5% notes due 25 July 2022 indenture and, as such, were consolidated to form a single series of notes. The notes 
are secured by second priority interests over substantially the same assets as the ABL facility and are also guaranteed by Ashtead Group plc.

Under the terms of the 6.5% notes the Group is, subject to important exceptions, restricted in its ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends, 
make investments, sell assets, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and merge or consolidate with another company. Financial 
performance covenants under the 6.5% senior secured note issue are only measured at the time new debt is raised.

The effective rates of interest at the balance sheet dates were as follows:

First priority senior secured bank debt  – revolving advances in dollars
Secured notes
Finance leases

– $900m nominal value

2014
1.98%
6.5%
6.7%

2013
2.25%
6.5%
7.1%

Financial statements82 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

17 Obligations under finance leases

Amounts payable under finance leases:
Less than one year
Later than one year but not more than five

Future finance charges

Minimum
 lease payments

Present value of 
minimum lease payments

2014
£m

2.4
2.6
5.0
(0.4)
4.6

2013
£m

2.3
0.8
3.1
(0.2)
2.9

2014
£m

2.2
2.4
4.6

2013
£m

2.2
0.7
2.9

The Group’s obligations under finance leases are secured by the lessor’s rights over the leased assets disclosed in Note 13.

18 Provisions

At 1 May 2013
Acquired businesses 
Exchange differences
Utilised/released
Charged in the year 
Amortisation of discount
At 30 April 2014

Included in current liabilities
Included in non-current liabilities

Self-insurance
£m
17.7
–
(1.3)
(15.2)
15.8
0.2
17.2

Vacant
property
£m
11.1
–
(0.5)
(3.5)
0.1
–
7.2

Deferred
consideration
£m
8.0
7.6
(0.7)
(4.2)
–
0.2
10.9

2014
£m
15.0
20.3
35.3

Total
£m
36.8
7.6
(2.5)
(22.7)
15.7
0.4
35.3

2013
£m
11.9
24.9
36.8

Self-insurance provisions relate to the discounted estimated liability in respect of claims excesses to be incurred under the Group’s insurance 
programmes for events occurring up to the year-end and are expected to be utilised over a period of approximately eight years. The provision 
is established based on advice received from independent actuaries of the estimated total cost of the self-insured retained risk based on 
historical claims experience. The amount charged in the year is stated net of a £2.6m adjustment to reduce the provision held at 1 May 2013.

The majority of the provision for vacant property costs is expected to be utilised over a period of up to three years. The provision for deferred 
consideration relates to recent acquisitions, principally JMR Industries and Eve and is expected to be paid out over the next two years.

19 Deferred tax
DEFErrED TAx ASSETS

At 1 May 2013
Offset against deferred tax liability at 1 May 2013
Gross deferred tax assets at 1 May 2013
Exchange differences
(Charge)/credit to income statement
Credit/(charge) to equity
Acquisitions
Less offset against deferred tax liability
At 30 April 2014

DEFErrED TAx lIABIlITIES

Net deferred tax liability at 1 May 2013
Deferred tax assets offset at 1 May 2013
Gross deferred tax liability at 1 May 2013
Exchange differences
Charge/(credit) to income statement
Charge to equity
Acquisitions

Less offset of deferred tax assets
– benefit of tax losses
– other temporary differences
At 30 April 2014

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  83

Tax losses
£m
–
126.5
126.5
(7.0)
(58.0)
6.9
–
(68.4)
–

Accelerated 
tax
depreciation
£m
218.6
170.5
389.1
(33.8)
68.1
–
0.9
424.3

Other
temporary
differences
£m
1.3
44.0
45.3
(3.7)
9.3
(0.7)
(0.2)
(50.0)
–

Other
temporary
differences
£m
0.4
–
0.4
–
(0.5)
1.0
2.9
3.8

Total
£m
1.3
170.5
171.8
(10.7)
(48.7)
6.2
(0.2)
(118.4)
–

Total
£m
219.0
170.5
389.5
(33.8)
67.6
1.0
3.8
428.1

(68.4)
(50.0)
309.7

The Group has an unrecognised UK deferred tax asset of £1.2m (2013: £1.3m) in respect of losses in a non-trading UK company, as it is not 
considered probable this deferred tax asset will be utilised.

At the balance sheet date, no temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries are considered to exist as UK tax 
legislation largely exempts overseas dividends received from UK tax.

20 Share capital and reserves

Ordinary shares of 10p each
Authorised

Issued and fully paid:
At 1 May and 30 April

2014
Number

2013
Number

900,000,000

900,000,000

2014
£m

90.0

2013
£m

90.0

553,325,554

553,325,554

55.3

55.3

There were no movements in shares authorised or allotted during the period.

At 30 April 2014, 50m (2013: 50m) shares were held by the Company, acquired at an average cost of 67p (2013: 67p) and a further 2.1m 
(2013: 2.8m) shares were held by the Company’s Employee Share Ownership Trust to facilitate the provision of shares under the Group’s 
Performance Share Plan.

The non-distributable reserve relates to the reserve created on the cancellation of the then share premium account in August 2005. 
This reserve will become distributable on the earlier of 10 years after the date of cancellation or when all creditors outstanding at the date 
of cancellation are settled.

Financial statements84 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

21 Share-based payments
The Employee Share Ownership Trust (‘ESOT’) facilitates the provision of shares under the Group’s Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’). It holds  
a beneficial interest in 2,103,554 ordinary shares of the Company acquired at an average cost of 562.5p per share. The shares had a market 
value of £18.4m at 30 April 2014. The ESOT has waived the right to receive dividends on the shares it holds. The costs of operating the ESOT  
are borne by the Group but are not significant.

Details of the PSP are given on pages 49 and 54. The costs of this scheme are charged to the income statement over the vesting period, based 
on the fair value of the award at the grant date and the likelihood of allocations vesting under the scheme. In 2014, there was a net charge to 
pre-tax profit in respect of the PSP of £3.4m (2013: £2.7m). After deferred tax, the total charge was £2.3m (2013: £1.9m).

The fair value of awards granted during the year is estimated using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: 
share price at grant date of 664.5p, nil exercise price, a dividend yield of 1.13%, volatility of 42.2%, a risk-free rate of 0.73% and an expected  
life of three years.

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility over the previous three years. The expected life used in the model  
is based on the terms of the plan.

Details of the PSP awards outstanding during the year are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 May 
Granted
Exercised
Expired
Outstanding at 30 April 
Exercisable at 30 April 

 2014
Number
7,813,619
767,562
(4,044,350)
(63,446)
4,473,385
–

2013
Number
12,262,736
1,395,975
(5,709,095)
(135,997)
7,813,619
–

22 Operating leases
Minimum annual commitments under existing operating leases may be analysed by date of expiry of the lease as follows:

Land and buildings:

Expiring in one year
Expiring between two and five years
Expiring in more than five years

2014
£m

4.8
18.5
12.7
36.0

2013
£m

4.1
18.7
12.8
35.6

Total minimum commitments under existing operating leases at 30 April 2014 through to the earliest date at which the lease may be exited 
without penalty by year are as follows:

Financial year
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
Thereafter

£m

36.0
29.5
26.0
21.5
16.5
43.1
172.6

£5.1m of the total minimum operating lease commitments of £172.6m relating to vacant properties has been provided within the financial 
statements and included within provisions in the balance sheet.

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  85

23 Pensions
DEFINED CONTrIBUTION PlANS
The Group operates pension plans for the benefit of qualifying employees. The plans for new employees throughout the Group are all defined 
contribution plans. Pension costs for defined contribution plans were £6.3m (2013: £5.4m).

DEFINED BENEFIT PlAN
The Group also has a defined benefit plan for certain UK employees which was closed to new members in 2001. The plan is a funded defined 
benefit plan with trustee administered assets held separately from those of the Group. The Trustees are composed of representatives of both 
the Company and plan members. The Trustees are required by law to act in the interest of all relevant beneficiaries and are responsible for  
the investment policy of the assets and the day-to-day administration of the benefits. 

The plan is a final salary plan which provides members a guaranteed level of pension payable for life. The level of benefits provided by the plan 
depends on members’ length of service and their salary in the final years leading up to retirement.

The plan’s duration is an indicator of the weighted-average time until benefit payments are made. For the plan as whole, the duration is around 
20 years. The estimated amount of contributions expected to be paid by the Company to the plan during the 2014/15 financial year is £0.8m.

The plan exposes the Company to a number of risks, the most significant being investment risk, interest rate risk, inflation risk and life 
expectancy risk.

The most recent actuarial valuation was carried out as at 30 April 2013 by a qualified independent actuary and showed a funding surplus of 
£4.8m. The actuary was engaged by the Company to perform a valuation in accordance with IAS 19 (revised) as at 30 April 2014. The principal 
financial assumptions made by the actuary were as follows:

Discount rate
Inflation assumption – RPI
– CPI

Rate of increase in salaries 
Rate of increase in pensions in payment

2014
4.3%
3.5%
2.5%
4.5%
3.4%

2013
4.2%
3.4%
2.4%
4.4%
3.3%

Pensioner life expectancy assumed in the 30 April 2014 update is based on the ‘S1P CMI 2013’ projection model mortality tables adjusted so as 
to apply a minimum annual rate of improvement of 1.25% a year. Samples of the ages to which pensioners are assumed to live are as follows:

Life expectancy of pensioners currently aged 65
Male
Female

Life expectancy at age 65 for future pensioner currently aged 45
Male
Female

The plan’s assets are invested in the following asset classes:

UK equities
US equities
European equities
Asia Pacific (excluding Japan) equities
Corporate bonds
Global loan fund
Property
Cash

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows:

Fair value of plan assets
Present value of funded defined benefit obligation
Present value of unfunded defined benefit obligation
Net asset recognised in the balance sheet

2014

2013

86.8
89.0

88.5
90.9

2014
£m
43.2
9.6
2.3
3.8
9.8
10.3
5.1
0.3
84.4

2014
£m
84.4
(78.3)
–
6.1

87.0
89.3

88.4
90.9

Fair value

2013
£m
38.6
8.1
1.9
3.6
16.4
8.7
–
0.2
77.5

2013
£m
77.5
(77.0)
(0.1)
0.4

Financial statements 
 
86 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

23 Pensions continued
The components of the defined benefit cost recognised in the income statement are as follows:

Current service cost
Administration expense
Net interest on the net defined benefit plan
Net charge to the income statement

The remeasurements of the defined benefit plan recognised in the statement of comprehensive income are as follows:

Actuarial gain/(loss) due to changes in financial assumptions
Actuarial loss due to changes in demographic assumptions
Actuarial gain/(loss) arising from experience adjustments
Return on plan assets in excess of that recognised in net interest
Remeasurement of the defined benefit pension plan

Movements in the present value of defined benefit obligations were as follows:

At 1 May
Current service cost
Interest cost
National Insurance rebates received
Contributions from members
Remeasurements
– Actuarial (gain)/loss due to changes in financial assumptions
– Actuarial loss due to changes in demographic assumptions
– Actuarial (gain)/loss arising from experience adjustments
Benefits paid
At 30 April

2014
£m
0.7
0.2
–
0.9

2014
£m
0.3
(0.3)
0.7
4.6
5.3

2014
£m
77.1
0.7
3.2
–
0.2

(0.3)
0.3
(0.7)
(2.2)
78.3

2013
£m
(restated)
0.6
0.3
(0.2)
0.7

2013
£m
(10.6)
(0.1)
(0.6)
7.5
(3.8)

2013
£m
(restated)
63.7
0.6
3.0
0.1
0.3

10.6
0.1
0.6
(1.9)
77.1

The key assumptions used in valuing the defined benefit obligation are: discount rate, inflation and mortality. The sensitivity of the results  
to these assumptions is as follows:

•  An increase in the discount rate of 0.5% would result in a £7m (2013: £7m) decrease in the defined benefit obligation.

•  An increase in the inflation rate of 0.5% would result in a £5m (2013: £6m) increase in the defined benefit obligation. This includes the 

resulting change to other assumptions that are related to inflation such as pensions and salary growth.

•  A one-year increase in the pensioner life expectancy at age 65 would result in a £3m (2013: £3m) increase in the defined benefit obligation.

The above sensitivity analyses have been determined based on reasonably possible changes to the significant assumptions, while holding  
all other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some assumptions may be correlated. The sensitivity 
information shown above has been prepared using the same method as adopted when adjusting the results of the latest funding valuation  
to the balance sheet date. This is the same approach as has been adopted in previous periods.

Movements in the fair value of plan assets were as follows:

At 1 May 
Interest income
Remeasurement – return on plan assets in excess of that recognised in net interest
Employer contributions
National Insurance rebates received
Contributions from members
Expenses paid
Benefits paid
At 30 April

The actual return on plan assets was £7.8m (2013 restated: £10.7m).

2014
£m
77.5
3.2
4.6
1.3
–
0.2
(0.2)
(2.2)
84.4

2013
£m
(restated)
67.1
3.2
7.5
1.5
0.1
0.3
(0.3)
(1.9)
77.5

 
Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  87

24 Financial risk management
The Group’s trading and financing activities expose it to various financial risks that, if left unmanaged, could adversely impact on current or 
future earnings. Although not necessarily mutually exclusive, these financial risks are categorised separately according to their different 
generic risk characteristics and include market risk (foreign currency risk and interest rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. 

It is the role of the Group treasury function to manage and monitor the Group’s financial risks and internal and external funding requirements 
in support of the Group’s corporate objectives. Treasury activities are governed by policies and procedures approved by the Board and 
monitored by the Finance and Administration Committee. In particular, the Board of directors or, through delegated authority, the Finance and 
Administration Committee, approves any derivative transactions. Derivative transactions are only undertaken for the purposes of managing 
interest rate risk and currency risk. The Group does not trade in financial instruments. The Group maintains treasury control systems and 
procedures to monitor liquidity, currency, credit and financial risks. The Group reports and pays dividends in pounds sterling.

MArkET rISk
The Group’s activities expose it primarily to interest rate and currency risk. Interest rate risk is monitored on a continuous basis and managed, 
where appropriate, through the use of interest rate swaps whereas, the use of forward foreign exchange contracts to manage currency risk 
is considered on an individual non-trading transaction basis. The Group is not exposed to commodity price risk or equity price risk as defined 
in IFRS 7.

Interest rate risk
Management of fixed and variable rate debt
The Group has fixed and variable rate debt in issue with 47% of the drawn debt at a fixed rate as at 30 April 2014. The Group’s accounting policy 
requires all borrowings to be held at amortised cost. As a result, the carrying value of fixed rate debt is unaffected by changes in credit 
conditions in the debt markets and there is therefore no exposure to fair value interest rate risk. The Group’s debt that bears interest at a 
variable rate comprises all outstanding borrowings under the senior secured credit facility. The interest rates currently applicable to this 
variable rate debt are LIBOR as applicable to the currency borrowed (US dollars or pounds) plus 175bp. The Group periodically utilises interest 
rate swap agreements to manage and mitigate its exposure to changes in interest rates. However, during the year ended and as at 30 April 
2014, the Group had no such swap agreements outstanding. The Group also may at times hold cash and cash equivalents which earn interest 
at a variable rate.

Net variable rate debt sensitivity
At 30 April 2014, based upon the amount of variable rate debt outstanding, the Group’s pre-tax profits would change by approximately £6m  
for each one percentage point change in interest rates applicable to the variable rate debt and, after tax effects, equity would change by 
approximately £4m. The amount of the Group’s variable rate debt may fluctuate as a result of changes in the amount of debt outstanding under 
the senior secured credit facility.

Currency exchange risk
Currency exchange risk is limited to translation risk as there are no transactions in the ordinary course of business that take place between 
foreign entities. The Group’s reporting currency is the pound sterling. However, the majority of our assets, liabilities, revenue and costs is 
denominated in US dollars. The Group has arranged its financing such that, at 30 April 2014, 94% of its debt was denominated in US dollars 
so that there is a natural partial offset between its dollar-denominated net assets and earnings and its dollar-denominated debt and 
interest expense. At 30 April 2014, dollar-denominated debt represented approximately 66% of the value of dollar-denominated net assets 
(other than debt).

The Group’s exposure to exchange rate movements on trading transactions is relatively limited. All Group companies invoice revenue in their 
respective local currency and generally incur expense and purchase assets in their local currency. Consequently, the Group does not routinely 
hedge either forecast foreign exchange exposures or the impact of exchange rate movements on the translation of overseas profits into 
sterling. Where the Group does hedge, it maintains appropriate hedging documentation. Foreign exchange risk on significant non-trading 
transactions (e.g. acquisitions) is considered on an individual basis.

Resultant impacts of reasonably possible changes to foreign exchange rates
Based upon the level of US operations and of the US dollar-denominated debt balance and US interest rates at 30 April 2014, a 1% change 
in the US dollar-pound exchange rate would have impacted our pre-tax profits by approximately £3m and equity by approximately £8m.  
At 30 April 2014, the Group had no outstanding foreign exchange contracts.

CrEDIT rISk
The Group’s principal financial assets are cash and bank balances and trade and other receivables. The Group’s credit risk is primarily 
attributable to its trade receivables. The amounts presented in the balance sheet are net of allowances for doubtful receivables. The credit  
risk on liquid funds and derivative financial instruments is limited because the counterparties are banks with high credit ratings assigned  
by international credit rating agencies. The Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk is presented in the following table:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables

2014
£m
2.8
259.8
262.6

2013
£m
20.3
218.6
238.9

The Group has a large number of unrelated customers, serving almost 500,000 during the financial year, and does not have any significant 
credit exposure to any particular customer. Each business segment manages its own exposure to credit risk according to the economic 
circumstances and characteristics of the markets they serve. The Group believes that management of credit risk on a devolved basis enables  
it to assess and manage it more effectively. However, broad principles of credit risk management practice are observed across the Group, such 
as the use of credit reference agencies and the maintenance of credit control functions.

Financial statements88 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

24 Financial risk management continued
lIqUIDITy rISk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group could experience difficulties in meeting its commitments to creditors as financial liabilities fall due 
for payment.

The Group generates significant free cash flow (defined as cash flow from operations less replacement capital expenditure net of proceeds  
of asset disposals, interest paid and tax paid). This free cash flow is available to the Group to invest in growth capital expenditure, acquisitions 
and dividend payments or to reduce debt.

In addition to the strong free cash flow from normal trading activities, additional liquidity is available through the Group’s ABL facility.  
At 30 April 2014, excess availability under the $2.0bn facility was $916m (£667m).

Contractual maturity analysis
Trade receivables, the principal class of non-derivative financial asset held by the Group, are settled gross by customers.

The following table presents the Group’s outstanding contractual maturity profile for its non-derivative financial liabilities, excluding trade  
and other payables which fall due within one year. The analysis presented is based on the undiscounted contractual maturities of the Group’s 
financial liabilities, including any interest that will accrue, except where the Group is entitled and intends to repay a financial liability, or part of 
a financial liability, before its contractual maturity. The undiscounted cash flows have been calculated using foreign currency exchange rates 
and interest rates ruling at the balance sheet date.

At 30 April 2014 

Bank and other debt
Finance leases
6.5% senior secured notes

Interest payments

2015
£m
–
2.2
 –
2.2
47.0
49.2

2016
£m
–
1.0
 –
1.0
46.9
47.9

2017
£m
–
1.0
 –
1.0
46.9
47.9

Undiscounted cash flows – year to 30 April

2019
£m
616.3
–
 –
616.3
46.8
663.1

Thereafter
£m
–
–
546.7
546.7
111.2
657.9

Total
£m
616.3
4.6
546.7
1,167.6
345.7
1,513.3

2018
£m
–
0.4
 –
0.4
46.9
47.3

Letters of credit of £21m (2013: £24m) are provided and guaranteed under the ABL facility which expires in August 2018.

At 30 April 2013 

Bank and other debt 
Finance leases 
6.5% senior secured notes 

Interest payments

2014
£m
–
2.2
 –
2.2
37.2
39.4

2015
£m
–
0.6
 –
0.6
37.1
37.7

2016
£m
721.3
0.1
 –
721.4
37.1
758.5

Undiscounted cash flows – year to 30 April

2018
£m
–
–
 –
–
20.9
20.9

Thereafter
£m
–
–
321.3
321.3
87.9
409.2

Total
£m
721.3
2.9
321.3
1,045.5
241.1
1,286.6

2017
£m
–
–
 –
–
20.9
20.9

FAIr vAlUE OF FINANCIAl INSTrUMENTS
Fair value of derivative financial instruments
At 30 April 2014, the Group had no derivative financial instruments. The embedded prepayment options included within the new $900m 
secured loan notes are closely related to the host debt contract and hence, are not accounted for separately. The loan notes are carried at 
amortised cost.

Fair value of non-derivative financial assets and liabilities
The table below provides a comparison, by category of the carrying amounts and the fair values of the Group’s non-derivative financial assets 
and liabilities at 30 April 2014. Fair value is the amount at which a financial instrument could be exchanged in an arm’s length transaction 
between informed and willing parties and includes accrued interest. Where available, market values have been used to determine fair values 
of financial assets and liabilities. Where market values are not available, fair values of financial assets and liabilities have been calculated by 
discounting expected future cash flows at prevailing interest and exchange rates.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value of non-current borrowings:
Long-term borrowings
Fair value determined based on market value 
– first priority senior secured bank debt
– 6.5% senior secured notes

Fair value determined based on observable market inputs
– finance lease obligations
Total long-term borrowings
Deferred costs of raising finance

Fair value of other financial instruments held or issued to finance the Group’s operations:

Fair value determined based on market value
Finance lease obligations due within one year
Trade and other payables
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents

25 Notes to the cash flow statement
A)  CASH FlOw FrOM OPErATING ACTIvITIES 

Operating profit before exceptional items and amortisation
Depreciation 
EBITDA before exceptional items
Profit on disposal of rental equipment
Profit on disposal of other property, plant and equipment
Increase in inventories
Increase in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
Exchange differences
Other non-cash movements
Cash generated from operations before exceptional items and changes in rental equipment

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  89

At 30 April 2014

At 30 April 2013

Book value
£m

Fair value
£m

Book value
£m

Fair value
£m

616.3
546.7
1,163.0

2.4
1,165.4
(16.2)
1,149.2

616.3
593.2
1,209.5

2.5
1,212.0
–
1,212.0

721.3
321.3
1,042.6

0.7
1,043.3
(11.1)
1,032.2

721.3
353.4
1,074.7

0.8
1,075.5
–
1,075.5

2.2
345.8
259.8
2.8

2.4
345.8
259.8
2.8

2.2
296.1
218.6
20.3

2.3
296.1
218.6
20.3

2014
£m
409.2
275.9
685.1
(17.9)
(2.8)
(2.7)
(46.3)
26.7
–
3.4
645.5

2013
£m
(restated)
290.0
229.0
519.0
(14.3)
(1.5)
(2.4)
(25.4)
23.0
0.2
2.7
501.3

B)  ANAlySIS OF NET DEBT
Net debt consists of total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents. Borrowings exclude accrued interest. Foreign currency denominated 
balances are retranslated to pounds sterling at rates of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date.

Cash and cash equivalents
Debt due within one year
Debt due after one year
Total net debt

1 May
2013
£m
(20.3)
2.2
1,032.2
1,014.1

Exchange
movement
£m
0.1
–
(87.8)
(87.7)

Cash
flow
£m
17.4
(1.3)
201.6
217.7

Debt
acquired
£m
–
0.6
0.8
1.4

Non-cash
movements
£m
–
0.7
2.4
3.1

30 April
2014
£m
(2.8)
2.2
1,149.2
1,148.6

Non-cash movements relate to the amortisation of prepaid fees relating to the refinancing of debt facilities and the addition of new finance 
leases in the year.

C)  ACqUISITIONS

Cash consideration paid

2014
£m
103.3

2013
£m
33.8

During the year, 12 acquisitions were made for a total cash consideration of £103m (2013: £34m), after taking account of net cash acquired of 
£2.4m. Further details are provided in Note 26.

Financial statements90 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

26 Acquisitions
During the year, the following acquisitions were completed:

i) 

ii) 

iii) 

iv) 

v) 

vi) 

 On 10 May 2013, A-Plant acquired the entire issued share capital of Accession Group Limited (‘Accession’), including its principal trading 
subsidiary Eve Trakway Limited (‘Eve’), for an initial consideration of £28m with deferred consideration of up to £7m payable over the next 
year depending on profitability. Accession is a specialist rental provider of temporary access solutions to the events and industrial sectors.

 On 1 July 2013, A-Plant acquired the entire issued share capital of Plant and Site Services Holdings Limited, Plant and Site Services Limited, 
PSS Innovations Limited and P Moloney Plant & Site Services Ireland Limited (together ‘PSS’) for a cash consideration of £11m. PSS hires 
and sells specialist jointing equipment, tooling and consumables to utility companies and their contractors across the United Kingdom.

 On 12 July 2013, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Worth Supply Co., Inc. (‘Worth’) for a cash consideration of £0.7m ($1m). 
Worth is a general tool rental business.

 On 1 August 2013, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of M.A.C. Leasing, LLC (‘MAC’) for a cash consideration of £5m ($8m). 
MAC specialises in the rental and service of heating equipment.

 On 20 September 2013, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Contractors’ Equipment Company (‘CEC’) for a cash consideration 
of £17m ($27m). CEC is a four location general tool rental business.

 On 1 November 2013, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Coffing-Eastman, Inc., trading as Shamrock Equipment Rental 
(‘Shamrock’), for a cash consideration of £15m ($24m). Shamrock is a four location energy-related business, renting into the oil and 
gas industry.

vii)   On 7 November 2013, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of CG Power Rentals, Inc. (‘CG Power’) for a cash consideration  

of £3m ($5m). CG Power is a two location equipment rental company renting into the oil and gas industry.

viii)    On 20 December 2013, A-Plant acquired the business and assets of Fairview Lifting Gear Services Limited and Fairview Design & Engineering 

Limited (together ‘Fairview’) for a cash consideration of £6m. Fairview specialises in the hire, sale and provision of lifting solutions.

ix) 

x) 

 On 3 February 2014, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Winchester Rentals, L.L.C. (‘Winchester’) for an initial cash consideration 
of £3m ($4m) with deferred consideration of up to £0.2m payable over the next two years, depending on revenues meeting or exceeding 
certain thresholds. Winchester is a single location equipment rental business.

 On 1 April 2014, Sunbelt acquired the entire issued share capital of ElecComm Power Services, Inc. (‘EPS’) for an initial cash consideration 
of £8m ($13m), with deferred consideration of up to £0.5m ($0.8m) payable over the next year, depending on EBITDA meeting or exceeding 
certain thresholds. EPS specialises in the provision of temporary power products and service.

xi) 

 On 8 April 2014, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Clarkstown Equipment Co. Inc. (‘Clarkstown’) for a cash consideration  
of £0.6m ($0.8m). Clarkstown is a single location general tool rental business.

xii)   On 14 April 2014, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of On Site Energy Company, Inc. (‘On Site’) for a cash consideration  

of £8m ($13m). On Site specialises in the rental of power and climate control equipment.

The following table sets out the book values of the identifiable assets and liabilities acquired and their fair value to the Group. The fair values 
have been determined provisionally at the balance sheet date.

Net assets acquired
Trade and other receivables
Inventory
Property, plant and equipment
– rental equipment
– other assets
Creditors
Debt
Current tax
Deferred tax
Intangible assets (brand name, non-compete agreements and customer relationships)

Consideration:
– cash paid (net of cash acquired)
– deferred consideration payable in cash

Goodwill

Acquirees’
book value
£m

Fair value
to Group
£m

12.9
0.7

46.7
2.5
(7.3)
(1.4)
(0.5)
(1.1)
–
52.5

12.2
0.6

50.3
2.4
(7.5)
(1.4)
(0.5)
(4.0)
25.2
77.3

103.3
7.6
110.9

33.6

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  91

The goodwill arising can be attributed to the key management personnel and workforce of the acquired businesses and to the benefits the 
Group expects to derive from the acquisitions. £14m of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.

Trade receivables at acquisition were £12m at fair value, net of £0.4m provision for debts which may not be collected.

Deferred consideration of up to £7m was payable contingent on Accession meeting or exceeding certain earnings thresholds over the year post 
acquisition. These targets were met partially and deferred consideration of £3m was paid in May 2014.

Accession’s revenue and operating profit in the period from the date of acquisition to 30 April 2014 were £25m and £3m respectively.

Apart from Accession, the contribution to revenue and operating profit from all other current period acquisitions from the date of acquisition 
to 30 April 2014 was not material.

27 Contingent liabilities
The Group is subject to periodic legal claims in the ordinary course of its business, none of which is expected to have a significant impact on the 
Group’s financial position.

THE COMPANy
The Company has guaranteed the borrowings of its subsidiary undertakings under the Group’s senior secured credit and overdraft facilities. 
At 30 April 2014 the amount borrowed under these facilities was £616.3m (2013: £721.3m). Subsidiary undertakings are also able to obtain 
letters of credit under these facilities and, at 30 April 2014, letters of credit issued under these arrangements totalled £20.6m ($34.8m) (2013: 
£24.1m or $37.5m). In addition, the Company has guaranteed the 6.5% second priority senior secured notes with a par value of $900m (£533m), 
issued by Ashtead Capital, Inc..

The Company has guaranteed operating and finance lease commitments of subsidiary undertakings where the minimum lease commitment  
at 30 April 2014 totalled £41.8m (2013: £51.4m) in respect of land and buildings of which £6.4m is payable by subsidiary undertakings in the year 
ending 30 April 2015.

The Company has guaranteed the performance by subsidiaries of certain other obligations up to £1.0m (2013: £1.0m).

28 Capital commitments
At 30 April 2014 capital commitments in respect of purchases of rental and other equipment totalled £391.4m (2013: £335.3m), all of which had 
been ordered. There were no other material capital commitments at the year end.

29 Events after the balance sheet date
Since the balance sheet date, Sunbelt has completed four acquisitions, as follows:

i) 

ii) 

iii) 

 On 1 May 2014, Sunbelt acquired the entire issued share capital of Metrolift, Inc. (‘Metrolift’) for a cash consideration of £25m ($42m). 
Metrolift is a Chicago-based general tool rental business.

 On 19 May 2014, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Northeast Equipment and Supply LLC, trading as Superior Heating Solutions, 
(‘Superior’) for a cash consideration of £3m ($4m). Superior is a single location heating rental business.

 On 29 May 2014, Sunbelt acquired the business and assets of Nashville High Lift, LLC (‘NHL’) and Contractors Equipment, LLC (‘CE’) for an 
aggregate cash consideration of £5m ($8m). NHL is a single location aerial work product rental business and CE is a two location general 
tool rental business.

The initial accounting for these acquisitions is incomplete. Had these acquisitions taken place on 1 May 2013 their contribution to revenue and 
operating profit would not have been material.

30 related party transactions
The Group’s key management comprise the Company’s executive and non-executive directors. Details of their remuneration are given  
in Note 4 and details of their share interests and share awards are given in the Directors’ Remuneration report and form part of these financial 
statements. In relation to the Group’s defined benefit pension plan, details are included in Note 23.

31 Employees
The average number of employees, including directors, during the year was as follows:

North America
United Kingdom

2014
Number
7,375
2,370
9,745

2013
Number
6,757
1,960
8,717

Financial statements92 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

32 Parent company information
A)  BAlANCE SHEET OF THE COMPANy

Current assets
Prepayments and accrued income

Non-current assets
Investments in Group companies
Deferred tax asset

Total assets

Current liabilities 
Amounts due to subsidiary undertakings
Accruals and deferred income
Total liabilities

Equity 
Share capital
Share premium account
Capital redemption reserve
Non-distributable reserve
Own shares held by the Company
Own shares held through the ESOT
Retained reserves
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company

Note

(g)

(f)

(b)

(b)

(b)

(b)

(b)

(b)

(b)

2014
£m

0.3

363.7
1.7
365.4

2013
£m

0.2

363.7
2.2
365.9

365.7

366.1

93.2
6.0
99.2

55.3
3.6
0.9
90.7
(33.1)
(11.8)
160.9
266.5

135.9
5.4
141.3

55.3
3.6
0.9
90.7
(33.1)
(7.4)
114.8
224.8

Total liabilities and equity

365.7

366.1

These financial statements were approved by the Board on 16 June 2014.

GEOFF DrABBlE 
CHIEF ExECUTIvE 

SUzANNE wOOD
FINANCE DIrECTOr

 
Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  93

B)  STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EqUITy OF THE COMPANy

At 1 May 2012
Total comprehensive income for the year
Dividends paid
Own shares purchased by the ESOT
Share-based payments
Tax on share-based payments
At 30 April 2013
Total comprehensive income for the year
Dividends paid
Dividend received from Ashtead Holdings PLC
Own shares purchased by the ESOT
Share-based payments
Tax on share-based payments
At 30 April 2014

C)  CASH FlOw STATEMENT OF THE COMPANy

Cash flows from operating activities
Cash generated from operations
Financing costs paid – commitment fee
Net cash from operating activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Purchase of own shares by the ESOT
Dividends paid
Net cash used in financing activities

Change in cash and cash equivalents

Share
capital
£m
55.3
–
–
–
–
 –
55.3
–
–
–
–
–
 –
55.3

Share
premium
account
£m
3.6
–
–
–
–
 –
3.6
–
–
–
–
–
 –
3.6

Capital
redemption
reserve
£m
0.9
–
–
–
–
 –
0.9
–
–
–
–
–
 –
0.9

Non-
distributable
reserve
£m
90.7
–
–
–
–
 –
90.7
–
–
–
–
–
 –
90.7

Own
shares
held by the
Company
£m
(33.1)
–
–
–
–
 –
(33.1)
–
–
–
–
–
 –
(33.1)

Own
shares
held 
through
the ESOT
£m
(6.2)
–
–
(10.2)
9.0
 –
(7.4)
–
–
–
(22.4)
18.0
 –
(11.8)

Note

(i)

Retained
reserves
£m
138.3
–
(20.0)
–
(6.3)
2.8
114.8
–
(41.3)
100.0
–
(14.6)
2.0
160.9

2014
£m

65.1
(1.4)
63.7

(22.4)
(41.3)
(63.7)

Total
£m
249.5
–
(20.0)
(10.2)
2.7
2.8
224.8
–
(41.3)
100.0
(22.4)
3.4
2.0
266.5

2013
£m

31.6
(1.4)
30.2

(10.2)
(20.0)
(30.2)

 –

–

D)  ACCOUNTING POlICIES
The Company financial statements have been prepared on the basis of the accounting policies set out in Note 2 above, supplemented by the 
policy on investments set out below.

Investments in subsidiary undertakings are stated at cost less any necessary provision for impairment in the parent company balance sheet. 
Where an investment in a subsidiary is transferred to another subsidiary, any uplift in the value at which it is transferred over its carrying value 
is treated as a revaluation of the investment prior to the transfer and is credited to the revaluation reserve.

E)  INCOME STATEMENT
Ashtead Group plc has not presented its own profit and loss account as permitted by section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The amount of the 
profit for the financial year dealt with in the accounts of Ashtead Group plc is £nil (2013: £nil). There were no other amounts of comprehensive 
income in the financial year.

F) AMOUNTS DUE TO SUBSIDIAry UNDErTAkINGS

Due within one year:
Ashtead Holdings PLC
Ashtead Plant Hire Company Limited

2014
£m

48.4
44.8
93.2

2013
£m

135.9
–
135.9

Financial statements94 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

NOTES TO THE CONSOlIDATED FINANCIAl STATEMENTS CONTINUED

32 Parent company information continued
G)  INvESTMENTS

At 30 April

The Company’s principal subsidiaries affecting financial performance during the year are:

Name 
Ashtead Holdings PLC
Sunbelt Rentals, Inc.
Sunbelt Rentals Industrial Services LLC
Empire Scaffold LLC
Ashtead Plant Hire Company Limited
Eve Trakway Limited
Ashtead Capital, Inc.
Ashtead Financing Limited

Shares in Group companies

2014
£m
363.7

2013
£m
363.7

Country of
incorporation
England and Wales
USA
USA
USA
England and Wales
England and Wales
USA
England and Wales

Principal country in which
subsidiary undertaking operates
United Kingdom
USA
USA
USA
United Kingdom
United Kingdom
USA
United Kingdom

The issued share capital (all of which comprises ordinary shares) of subsidiaries is 100% owned by the Company or by subsidiary undertakings 
and all subsidiaries are consolidated. The principal activity of Ashtead Holdings PLC is an investment holding company. The principal activities 
of Sunbelt Rentals, Inc., Sunbelt Rentals Industrial Services LLC, Empire Scaffold LLC, Ashtead Plant Hire Company Limited and Eve Trakway 
Limited are equipment rental and related services while Ashtead Capital, Inc. and Ashtead Financing Limited are finance companies. Ashtead 
Group plc owns all the issued share capital of Ashtead Holdings PLC which in turn directly owns Ashtead Plant Hire Company Limited and 
Ashtead Financing Limited and indirectly owns Sunbelt Rentals, Inc., Sunbelt Rentals Industrial Services LLC, Empire Scaffold LLC and 
Ashtead Capital, Inc. through another subsidiary undertaking. Ashtead Plant Hire Company Limited directly owns Eve Trakway Limited.

H)  FINANCIAl INSTrUMENTS
The book value and fair value of the Company’s financial instruments are not materially different.

I)  NOTES TO THE COMPANy CASH FlOw STATEMENT
Cash flow from operating activities

Operating profit
Depreciation
EBITDA
Increase in prepayments and accrued income
Increase in accruals and deferred income
Increase in intercompany payable
Other non-cash movement
Net cash inflow from operations before exceptional items

2014
£m
1.4
0.1
1.5
(0.1)
0.6
59.7
3.4
65.1

2013
£m
1.0
0.1
1.1
(0.1)
1.3
26.6
2.7
31.6

 
TEN yEAr HISTOry

In £m
Income statement
Revenue*
Operating costs*
EBITDA*
Depreciation*
Operating profit*
Interest*
Pre-tax profit*

Operating profit
Pre-tax profit/(loss)

Cash flow
Cash flow from operations before 
exceptional items and changes  
in rental fleet

Total cash (used)/generated before 

exceptional costs and M&A

Balance sheet
Capital expenditure
Book cost of rental equipment
Shareholders’ funds
In pence
Dividend per share 
Earnings per share
Underlying earnings per share
In percent
EBITDA margin*
Operating profit margin*
Pre-tax profit margin*
Return on investment*
People
Employees at year end
locations
Stores at year end

Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014  95

2014

2013
(restated)

2012

2011

2010

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

1,634.7
(949.6)
685.1
(275.9)
409.2
(47.1)
362.1

1,361.9
(842.9)
519.0
(229.0)
290.0
(44.6)
245.4

1,134.6
(753.5)
381.1
(199.8)
181.3
(50.7)
130.6

948.5
(664.7)
283.8
(185.0)
98.8
(67.8)
31.0

836.8
(581.7)
255.1
(186.6)
68.5
(63.5)
5.0

1,073.5
(717.4)
356.1
(201.1)
155.0
(67.6)
87.4

1,047.8
(684.1)
363.7
(176.6)
187.1
(74.8)
112.3

896.1
(585.8)
310.3
(159.8)
150.5
(69.1)
81.4

638.0
(413.3)
224.7
(113.6)
111.1
(43.6)
67.5

523.7
(354.2)
169.5
(102.4)
67.1
(44.7)
22.4

403.6
356.5

284.2
214.2

178.2
134.8

97.1
1.7

66.0
4.8

68.4
0.8

184.5
109.7

101.1
(36.5)

124.5
81.7

67.1
32.2

645.5

501.3

364.6

279.7

265.6

373.6

356.4

319.3

215.2

164.8

(48.5)

(34.0)

(9.4)

65.6

199.2

166.0

14.8

20.3

(5.2)

58.7

740.6
2,575.8
824.4

580.4
2,186.5
682.5

476.4
1,854.1
554.7

224.8
1,621.6
481.4

63.4
1,701.3
500.3

238.3
1,798.2
526.0

331.0
1,528.4
440.3

290.2
1,434.1
396.7

11.5p
46.1p
46.6p

41.9%
25.0%
22.2%
18.6%

7.5p
27.6p
31.4p

38.1%
21.3%
18.0%
16.2%

3.5p
17.8p
17.3p

33.6%
16.0%
11.5%
12.0%

3.0p
0.2p
4.0p

29.9%
10.4%
3.3%
7.0%

2.9p
0.4p
0.2p

2.575p
12.5p
11.9p

2.5p
14.2p
14.8p

1.65p
0.8p
10.3p

30.5% 33.2% 34.7%
17.9%
14.4%
10.7%
8.1%
14.0%
9.7%

8.2%
0.6%
4.6%

34.6% 35.2%
17.4%
16.8%
10.6%
9.1%
14.7%
12.9%

220.2
921.9
258.3

1.50p
13.5p
11.3p

138.4
800.2
109.9

Nil
5.2p
3.2p

32.4%
12.8%
4.3%
11.0%

9,934

9,085

8,555

8,163

7,218

8,162

9,594

10,077

6,465

5,935

556

494

485

462

498

520

635

659

413

412

* Before exceptional items, amortisation and fair value remeasurements.

Additional information 
96 Ashtead Group plc Annual Report & Accounts 2014 

ADDITIONAl INFOrMATION

Future dates
Quarter 1 results 
2014 Annual General Meeting 
Quarter 2 results 
Quarter 3 results 
Quarter 4 and year-end results 

3 September 2014
3 September 2014
10 December 2014
3 March 2015
16 June 2015

Advisers
AUDITOr
Deloitte LLP
2 New Street Square
London
EC4A 3BZ

rEGISTrArS & TrANSFEr OFFICE
Equiniti
PO Box 4630
Aspect House
Spencer Road
Lancing
West Sussex
BN99 6QQ

FINANCIAl Pr ADvISErS
The Maitland Consultancy
Orion House
5 Upper St Martin’s Lane
London
WC2H 9EA 

SOlICITOrS 
Travers Smith LLP
10 Snow Hill
London
EC1A 2AL 

Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
155 N Wacker Drive
Chicago, IL 60606 

Parker, Poe, Adams & Bernstein LLP
401 South Tryon Street
Charlotte, NC 28202

BrOkErS
Jefferies Hoare Govett
Vintners Place
68 Upper Thames Street
London
EC4V 3BJ 

Barclays Bank PLC
North Colonnade
Canary Wharf
London
E14 4BB 

rEGISTErED NUMBEr
01807982

rEGISTErED OFFICE
Kings House
36-37 King Street
London
EC2V 8BB

The paper used in the report is bleached 
using Elemental chlorine free (ECF) fibre 
sourced from well managed forests. Printed 
in the UK by CPI Colour, a CarbonNeutral® 
company. Both manufacturing mill and the 
printer are registered to the Environmental 
Management System ISO14001 and are 
Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC®)  
chain-of-custody certified.

Designed by 

Front cover: 
Daniel Leadbetter 
Sunbelt

Back cover: 
Venecia Antico  
Sunbelt

 
 
 
A

s

h

t

e

a

d

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

&

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

4

Ashtead Group plc
Kings House 
36-37 King Street 
London  
EC2V 8BB 

Phone: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9700 
Fax: + 44 (0) 20 7726 9705
www.ashtead-group.com